From 39f8a475b4ec5c87a11a7e9300a30ef1c5b4a7e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michele Calgaro Date: Sat, 31 Aug 2024 19:56:49 +0900 Subject: Rename remaining ntq[i-l]* related files to equivalent tq* Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro --- doc/changes.doc | 4 +- doc/classchart.doc | 12 +- doc/features.doc | 2 +- doc/html/annotated.html | 12 +- doc/html/classchart.html | 12 +- doc/html/classes.html | 12 +- doc/html/dialogs.html | 2 +- doc/html/events.html | 4 +- doc/html/eventsandfilters.html | 8 +- doc/html/fileiconview-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/functions.html | 76 +++---- doc/html/headerfilesynonyms | 6 +- doc/html/headers.html | 6 +- doc/html/hierarchy.html | 12 +- doc/html/i18n.html | 2 +- doc/html/index | 130 ++++++------ doc/html/keyfeatures30.html | 2 +- doc/html/licenses.html | 4 +- doc/html/lineedits-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/mac-differences.html | 2 +- doc/html/mainclasses.html | 4 +- doc/html/misc.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqapplication.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html | 196 ------------------ doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html | 206 ------------------- doc/html/ntqlibrary.html | 290 -------------------------- doc/html/ntqt.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqvariant.html | 12 +- doc/html/picture-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/plugins.html | 2 +- doc/html/porting.html | 6 +- doc/html/propertydocs | 18 +- doc/html/propertyindex | 4 +- doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html | 2 +- doc/html/qimevent-members.html | 55 ----- doc/html/qimevent.html | 173 ---------------- doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html | 152 -------------- doc/html/qinputdialog-members.html | 353 -------------------------------- doc/html/qintvalidator-members.html | 97 --------- doc/html/qintvalidator.html | 176 ---------------- doc/html/qkeyevent-members.html | 59 ------ doc/html/qkeyevent.html | 185 ----------------- doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html | 154 -------------- doc/html/qkeysequence-members.html | 57 ------ doc/html/qlibrary-h.html | 131 ------------ doc/html/qlibrary-members.html | 55 ----- doc/html/qnamespace-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qt.dcf | 160 +++++++-------- doc/html/titleindex | 28 +-- doc/html/tqaccel-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqaccel.html | 20 +- doc/html/tqaction-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqaction.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqbutton-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqbutton.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqcanvas.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqcheckbox.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqdialog.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqevent.html | 16 +- doc/html/tqimevent-members.html | 55 +++++ doc/html/tqimevent.html | 173 ++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqinputdialog-h.html | 152 ++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqinputdialog-members.html | 353 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqinputdialog.html | 196 ++++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqintvalidator-members.html | 97 +++++++++ doc/html/tqintvalidator.html | 176 ++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqkeyevent-members.html | 59 ++++++ doc/html/tqkeyevent.html | 185 +++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqkeysequence-h.html | 154 ++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqkeysequence-members.html | 57 ++++++ doc/html/tqkeysequence.html | 206 +++++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqlibrary-h.html | 131 ++++++++++++ doc/html/tqlibrary-members.html | 55 +++++ doc/html/tqlibrary.html | 290 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqlineedit.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqmenubar.html | 10 +- doc/html/tqmenudata-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqmenudata.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqobject.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqpopupmenu.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqpushbutton.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqradiobutton.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqregexpvalidator.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqspinbox.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqtextbrowser.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqtextedit.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqvalidator.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqwidget.html | 38 ++-- doc/html/unicode.html | 2 +- doc/html/whatsthis | 12 +- doc/html/wizard-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/i18n.doc | 4 +- doc/mac.doc | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt | 34 +-- doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt | 28 +-- doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt | 12 +- doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt | 26 +-- doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt | 28 +-- doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt | 36 ++-- doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt | 34 +-- doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt | 70 +++---- doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt | 62 +++--- doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt | 16 +- doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt | 24 +-- doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt | 24 +-- doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt | 10 +- doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt | 2 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextbrowser.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt | 4 +- doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt | 6 +- doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt | 18 +- doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt | 44 ++-- doc/object.doc | 4 +- doc/porting3.doc | 8 +- doc/unicode.doc | 2 +- 128 files changed, 3011 insertions(+), 3011 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqlibrary.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qimevent-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qimevent.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qinputdialog-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qintvalidator-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qintvalidator.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qkeyevent-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qkeyevent.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qkeysequence-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qlibrary-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qlibrary-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqimevent-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqimevent.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqinputdialog-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqinputdialog-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqinputdialog.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqintvalidator-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqintvalidator.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqkeyevent-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqkeyevent.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqkeysequence-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqkeysequence-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqkeysequence.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqlibrary-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqlibrary-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqlibrary.html (limited to 'doc') diff --git a/doc/changes.doc b/doc/changes.doc index d9582dee3..ddb563502 100644 --- a/doc/changes.doc +++ b/doc/changes.doc @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ terms of Qt's signals/slots mechanism directly in TQt Designer. \omit \section2 Component model - plugins -The QLibrary class provides a platform independent wrapper for runtime +The TQLibrary class provides a platform independent wrapper for runtime loading of shared libraries. Access to the shared libraries uses a COM-like interface. QPluginManager makes it trivial to implement plugin support in applications. The TQt library is able to load @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ component. \endomit \section2 Plugins -The QLibrary class provides a platform independent wrapper for runtime +The TQLibrary class provides a platform independent wrapper for runtime loading of shared libraries. QPluginManager makes it trivial to implement plugin support in applications. The TQt library is able to load additional styles, database drivers and text codecs from plugins. diff --git a/doc/classchart.doc b/doc/classchart.doc index 754e0bf0e..59aab5504 100644 --- a/doc/classchart.doc +++ b/doc/classchart.doc @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ - + @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ - - + + @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ - + @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ - + @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ - + diff --git a/doc/features.doc b/doc/features.doc index 721acc554..b6b54730b 100644 --- a/doc/features.doc +++ b/doc/features.doc @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ The available options are: \i The color selection dialog (\l TQColorDialog) \i TQT_NO_DIALOGS \row \i TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG - \i Text input dialog (\l QInputDialog) + \i Text input dialog (\l TQInputDialog) \i TQT_NO_DIALOGS \row \i TQT_NO_MESSAGEBOX \i Message/prompting dialog (\l QMessageBox) diff --git a/doc/html/annotated.html b/doc/html/annotated.html index 027153d55..cf77a1224 100644 --- a/doc/html/annotated.html +++ b/doc/html/annotated.html @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } TQHttpHeaderHeader information for HTTP TQHttpRequestHeaderRequest header information for HTTP TQHttpResponseHeaderResponse header information for HTTP -TQIMEventParameters for input method events +TQIMEventParameters for input method events TQIODeviceThe base class of I/O devices TQIconDragSupports drag and drop operations within a TQIconView TQIconDragEventSignals that a main icon drag has begun @@ -201,21 +201,21 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } TQImageFormatPluginAbstract base for custom image format plugins TQImageFormatTypeFactory that makes TQImageFormat objects TQImageIOParameters for loading and saving images -TQInputDialogSimple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user +TQInputDialogSimple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user TQIntCacheTemplate class that provides a cache based on long keys TQIntCacheIteratorIterator for TQIntCache collections TQIntDictTemplate class that provides a dictionary based on long keys TQIntDictIteratorIterator for TQIntDict collections -TQIntValidatorValidator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range +TQIntValidatorValidator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range TQJisCodecConversion to and from JIS character sets -TQKeyEventDescribes a key event -TQKeySequenceEncapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators +TQKeyEventDescribes a key event +TQKeySequenceEncapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators TQLCDNumberDisplays a number with LCD-like digits TQLabelText or image display TQLayoutThe base class of geometry managers TQLayoutItemAbstract item that a TQLayout manipulates TQLayoutIteratorIterators over TQLayoutItem -TQLibraryWrapper for handling shared libraries +TQLibraryWrapper for handling shared libraries TQLineEditOne-line text editor TQListBoxList of selectable, read-only items TQListBoxItemThe base class of all list box items diff --git a/doc/html/classchart.html b/doc/html/classchart.html index 29f51e702..baf66985b 100644 --- a/doc/html/classchart.html +++ b/doc/html/classchart.html @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - - + + @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; } - + diff --git a/doc/html/classes.html b/doc/html/classes.html index aa01dfcd0..b6f5e09f8 100644 --- a/doc/html/classes.html +++ b/doc/html/classes.html @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQDomComment -TQIMEvent +TQIMEvent TQPtrCollection @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQDomDocument -TQInputDialog +TQInputDialog TQPtrDict @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQDomEntityReference -TQIntValidator +TQIntValidator TQPtrStack @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQDomNotation K -TQKeyEvent +TQKeyEvent TQRect @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQDomProcessingInstruction -TQKeySequence +TQKeySequence TQRegExp @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes. TQDragObject -TQLibrary +TQLibrary TQScrollView diff --git a/doc/html/dialogs.html b/doc/html/dialogs.html index f421fb01a..6e1ded1e1 100644 --- a/doc/html/dialogs.html +++ b/doc/html/dialogs.html @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ boxes, generally. TQErrorMessageError message display dialog TQFileDialogDialogs that allow users to select files or directories TQFontDialogDialog widget for selecting a font -TQInputDialogSimple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user +TQInputDialogSimple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user TQMessageBoxModal dialog with a short message, an icon, and some buttons TQProgressDialogFeedback on the progress of a slow operation TQTabDialogStack of tabbed widgets diff --git a/doc/html/events.html b/doc/html/events.html index e68cb75c8..cc6242c75 100644 --- a/doc/html/events.html +++ b/doc/html/events.html @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ and Signals and Slots. TQFocusEventEvent parameters for widget focus events TQHideEventEvent which is sent after a widget is hidden TQIconDragEventSignals that a main icon drag has begun -TQIMEventParameters for input method events -TQKeyEventDescribes a key event +TQIMEventParameters for input method events +TQKeyEventDescribes a key event TQMouseEventParameters that describe a mouse event TQMoveEventEvent parameters for move events TQPaintEventEvent parameters for paint events diff --git a/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html b/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html index 23b9a1c0b..57aa22aa0 100644 --- a/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html +++ b/doc/html/eventsandfilters.html @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ from other sources, e.g. TQTimerEvent, and some application program. TQt is symmetric, as usual, so you can send events in exactly the same ways as TQt's own event loop does.

Most events types have special classes, most commonly TQResizeEvent, -TQPaintEvent, TQMouseEvent, TQKeyEvent and TQCloseEvent. +TQPaintEvent, TQMouseEvent, TQKeyEvent and TQCloseEvent. There are many others, perhaps forty or so, but most are rather odd.

Each class subclasses TQEvent and adds event-specific functions; see, for example, TQResizeEvent. In the case of TQResizeEvent, TQResizeEvent::size() and TQResizeEvent::oldSize() are added. @@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ contain: 

   bool MyClass:event( TQEvent *evt ) {
       if ( evt->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
-          TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent *)evt;
-          if ( ke->key() == Key_Tab ) {
+          TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent *)evt;
+          if ( ke->key() == Key_Tab ) {
               // special tab handling here
-              ke->accept();
+              ke->accept();
               return TRUE;
           }
       } else if ( evt->type() >= TQEvent::User ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html b/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
index a593a0f6b..9d788468d 100644
--- a/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ protected:
     void readDir( const TQDir &dir );
     virtual TQDragObject *dragObject();
 
-    virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
+    virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
 
     TQDir viewDir;
     int newFolderNum;
@@ -900,10 +900,10 @@ void TQtFileIconView::itemDoubleClicked( void TQtFileIconView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+void TQtFileIconView::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
 {
-    if ( e->key() == Key_N &&
-         ( e->state() & ControlButton ) )
+    if ( e->key() == Key_N &&
+         ( e->state() & ControlButton ) )
         newDirectory();
     else
         TQIconView::keyPressEvent( e );
diff --git a/doc/html/functions.html b/doc/html/functions.html
index b99dd291d..9699dc2e1 100644
--- a/doc/html/functions.html
+++ b/doc/html/functions.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ abort:
  TQDir TQFileInfo
  • absPath:
  TQDir
  • accel:
  TQAction TQButton TQCheckBox TQMenuData TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • accept:
- TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDialog TQDragMoveEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQSocketDevice TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • acceptAction:
+ TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDialog TQDragMoveEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQSocketDevice TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • acceptAction:
  TQDropEvent
  • acceptCallback:
  TQMotifDialog
  • acceptDrop:
  TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem
  • acceptDrops:
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ abort:
  TQVariant
  • asULongLong:
  TQVariant
  • ascent:
  TQFontMetrics
  • ascii:
- TQKeyEvent TQString
  • assign:
+ TQKeyEvent TQString
  • assign:
  TQMemArray
  • assistantClosed:
  TQAssistantClient
  • assistantOpened:
  TQAssistantClient
  • at:
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ abort:
  TQToolButton
  • autoRepeat:
  TQButton TQCheckBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • autoReset:
  TQProgressDialog
  • autoUnload:
- TQLibrary
  • available:
+ TQLibrary
  • available:
  TQSemaphore TQSound
  • availableGeometry:
  TQDesktopWidget
  • awake:
  TQEventLoop
  • 
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ back:
  TQSocketDevice
  • blue:
  TQColor
  • bold:
  TQFont TQFontDatabase TQFontInfo TQTextEdit
  • bottom:
- TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRect
  • bottomDock:
+ TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRect
  • bottomDock:
  TQMainWindow
  • bottomEdge:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • bottomLeft:
  TQRect
  • bottomMargin:
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ c:
  TQTextEdit
  • copyBlt:
  TQPixmap
  • cornerWidget:
  TQScrollView TQTabWidget
  • count:
- TQAccel TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQButtonGroup TQCache TQCacheIterator TQCanvasPixmapArray TQComboBox TQComboTableItem TQDict TQDictIterator TQDir TQDockArea TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNodeList TQFocusData TQHeader TQIconView TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeyEvent TQKeySequence TQListBox TQMap TQMemArray TQMenuData TQPtrCollection TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQSqlForm TQSqlRecord TQTabBar TQTabWidget TQToolBox TQValueList TQValueVector TQXmlAttributes
  • countCf:
+ TQAccel TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQButtonGroup TQCache TQCacheIterator TQCanvasPixmapArray TQComboBox TQComboTableItem TQDict TQDictIterator TQDir TQDockArea TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNodeList TQFocusData TQHeader TQIconView TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeyEvent TQKeySequence TQListBox TQMap TQMemArray TQMenuData TQPtrCollection TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQSqlForm TQSqlRecord TQTabBar TQTabWidget TQToolBox TQValueList TQValueVector TQXmlAttributes
  • countCf:
  TQWindowsMime
  • countFlavors:
  TQMacMime
  • country:
  TQLocale
  • countryToString:
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ c:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • cursorName:
  TQSqlIndex
  • cursorPoint:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • cursorPos:
- TQIMEvent
  • cursorPosition:
+ TQIMEvent
  • cursorPosition:
  TQLineEdit
  • cursorPositionChanged:
  TQTextEdit
  • cursorRight:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • cursorUp:
@@ -1019,13 +1019,13 @@ gamma:
  TQFtp TQHttp TQUrlOperator
  • getColor:
  TQColorDialog
  • getCursorPosition:
  TQTextEdit
  • getDouble:
- TQInputDialog
  • getExistingDirectory:
+ TQInputDialog
  • getExistingDirectory:
  TQFileDialog
  • getFirst:
  TQPtrList
  • getFont:
  TQFontDialog
  • getHsv:
  TQColor
  • getInteger:
- TQInputDialog
  • getItem:
- TQInputDialog
  • getJavaClass:
+ TQInputDialog
  • getItem:
+ TQInputDialog
  • getJavaClass:
  TQNPlugin
  • getJavaEnv:
  TQNPlugin
  • getJavaPeer:
  TQNPInstance
  • getLast:
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ gamma:
  TQColorDialog
  • getSaveFileName:
  TQFileDialog
  • getSelection:
  TQTextEdit
  • getText:
- TQInputDialog
  • getURL:
+ TQInputDialog
  • getURL:
  TQNPInstance
  • getURLNotify:
  TQNPInstance
  • getValidRect:
  TQMovie
  • getVersionInfo:
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ icon:
  TQMenuData TQPopupMenu
  • identifier:
  TQTab
  • ignorableWhitespace:
  TQXmlContentHandler
  • ignore:
- TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDragMoveEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • imComposeEvent:
+ TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDragMoveEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • imComposeEvent:
  TQWidget
  • imEndEvent:
  TQWidget
  • imStartEvent:
  TQWidget
  • image:
@@ -1261,14 +1261,14 @@ icon:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView
  • ioDevice:
  TQImageIO
  • isA:
  TQObject
  • isAccepted:
- TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • isActionAccepted:
+ TQCloseEvent TQContextMenuEvent TQDropEvent TQIMEvent TQIconDragEvent TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQTabletEvent TQWheelEvent
  • isActionAccepted:
  TQDropEvent
  • isActive:
  TQAccessible TQCanvasItem TQPainter TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQTableSelection TQTimer
  • isActiveWindow:
  TQWidget TQXtWidget
  • isAnchor:
  TQStyleSheetItem
  • isAsynchronous:
  TQIODevice
  • isAttr:
  TQDomAttr TQDomNode
  • isAutoRepeat:
- TQKeyEvent
  • isAvailable:
+ TQKeyEvent
  • isAvailable:
  TQSound
  • isBitmapScalable:
  TQFontDatabase
  • isBuffered:
  TQIODevice
  • isCDATASection:
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ icon:
  TQTable
  • isEffectEnabled:
  TQApplication
  • isElement:
  TQDomElement TQDomNode
  • isEmpty:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCache TQCacheIterator TQDict TQDictIterator TQDockArea TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeySequence TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQMap TQMemArray TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSpacerItem TQSqlRecord TQString TQTableSelection TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidgetItem
  • isEnabled:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCache TQCacheIterator TQDict TQDictIterator TQDockArea TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeySequence TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQMap TQMemArray TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSpacerItem TQSqlRecord TQString TQTableSelection TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidgetItem
  • isEnabled:
  TQAccel TQAction TQCanvasItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSocketNotifier TQTab TQTableItem TQWidget
  • isEnabledTo:
  TQWidget
  • isEntity:
  TQDomEntity TQDomNode
  • isEntityReference:
@@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ icon:
  TQMenuBar TQMenuData TQPopupMenu
  • isLetter:
  TQChar
  • isLetterOrNumber:
  TQChar
  • isLoaded:
- TQLibrary
  • isLocalFile:
+ TQLibrary
  • isLocalFile:
  TQUrl
  • isMark:
  TQChar
  • isMaximized:
  TQWidget
  • isMinimized:
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ join:
  TQChar
  • jumpTable:
  TQImage
  • 
 key:
- TQAccel TQFont TQIconViewItem TQKeyEvent TQListViewItem TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQTableItem
  • keyPressEvent:
+ TQAccel TQFont TQIconViewItem TQKeyEvent TQListViewItem TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQTableItem
  • keyPressEvent:
  TQLineEdit TQTextBrowser TQTextEdit TQWidget
  • keyReleaseEvent:
  TQWidget
  • keyToValue:
  TQMetaProperty
  • keyboardFocusTab:
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ label:
  TQCString TQDomCharacterData TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNodeList TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQXmlAttributes
  • lessThan:
  TQUrlInfo
  • lexicalHandler:
  TQXmlReader
  • library:
- TQLibrary
  • libraryPaths:
+ TQLibrary
  • libraryPaths:
  TQApplication
  • light:
  TQColor TQColorGroup
  • lineEdit:
  TQComboBox
  • lineLength:
@@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ label:
  TQListViewItem
  • listViewItem:
  TQStyleOption
  • listen:
  TQSocketDevice
  • load:
- TQImage TQLibrary TQPicture TQPixmap TQTranslator
  • loadCharmap:
+ TQImage TQLibrary TQPicture TQPixmap TQTranslator
  • loadCharmap:
  TQTextCodec
  • loadCharmapFile:
  TQTextCodec
  • loadFromData:
  TQImage TQPixmap
  • loadImages:
@@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ m11:
  TQDir
  • matchAllDirs:
  TQDir
  • matchedLength:
  TQRegExp
  • matches:
- TQKeySequence
  • maxColors:
+ TQKeySequence
  • maxColors:
  TQColor
  • maxCost:
  TQAsciiCache TQCache TQIntCache
  • maxCount:
  TQComboBox
  • maxIconWidth:
@@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ object:
  TQNetworkProtocol
  • operationRemove:
  TQNetworkProtocol
  • operationRename:
  TQNetworkProtocol
  • operator TQString:
- TQKeySequence TQUrl TQUuid
  • operator T:
+ TQKeySequence TQUrl TQUuid
  • operator T:
  TQDeepCopy
  • operator T *:
  TQGuardedPtr
  • operator char:
  TQChar
  • operator const char *:
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ object:
  TQString
  • operator type *:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCacheIterator TQDictIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack
  • operator!:
  TQString
  • operator!=:
- TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator&:
+ TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator&:
  TQBitArray TQRect TQRegion
  • operator&=:
  TQBitArray TQRect TQRegion
  • operator():
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCacheIterator TQDictIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator
  • operator*:
@@ -1819,14 +1819,14 @@ object:
  TQPoint TQSize
  • operator/=:
  TQPoint TQSize
  • operator<:
  TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid
  • operator<<:
- TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQDomNode TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator<=:
+ TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQDomNode TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator<=:
  TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage
  • operator=:
- TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQBitVal TQBitmap TQBrush TQCString TQCacheIterator TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDeepCopy TQDict TQDir TQDomAttr TQDomCDATASection TQDomCharacterData TQDomComment TQDomDocument TQDomDocumentFragment TQDomDocumentType TQDomElement TQDomEntity TQDomEntityReference TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQDomNotation TQDomProcessingInstruction TQDomText TQFileInfo TQFont TQFontInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQHttpHeader TQIconSet TQImage TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict fnord TQKeySequence TQLayoutIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQLocale TQMap TQMemArray TQMovie TQObjectList TQObjectListIterator TQPair TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPointArray TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRegExp TQRegion TQSqlCursor TQSqlError TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlIndex TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQStrList TQString TQStyleSheetItem TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueVector TQVariant
  • operator==:
- TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQValueVector TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator>:
+ TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQBitVal TQBitmap TQBrush TQCString TQCacheIterator TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDeepCopy TQDict TQDir TQDomAttr TQDomCDATASection TQDomCharacterData TQDomComment TQDomDocument TQDomDocumentFragment TQDomDocumentType TQDomElement TQDomEntity TQDomEntityReference TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQDomNotation TQDomProcessingInstruction TQDomText TQFileInfo TQFont TQFontInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQHttpHeader TQIconSet TQImage TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict fnord TQKeySequence TQLayoutIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQLocale TQMap TQMemArray TQMovie TQObjectList TQObjectListIterator TQPair TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPointArray TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRegExp TQRegion TQSqlCursor TQSqlError TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlIndex TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQStrList TQString TQStyleSheetItem TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueVector TQVariant
  • operator==:
+ TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQValueVector TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator>:
  TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid
  • operator>=:
  TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage
  • operator>>:
- TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator[]:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQDict TQDir TQIntCache TQIntDict TQKeySequence TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQString TQValueList TQValueVector
  • operator^:
+ TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator[]:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQDict TQDir TQIntCache TQIntDict TQKeySequence TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQString TQValueList TQValueVector
  • operator^:
  TQBitArray TQRegion
  • operator^=:
  TQBitArray TQRegion
  • operator|:
  TQBitArray TQRect TQRegion
  • operator|=:
@@ -2201,7 +2201,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQHeader
  • resized:
  TQCanvas TQDesktopWidget
  • resolution:
  TQPrinter
  • resolve:
- TQFont TQLibrary
  • resolveEntity:
+ TQFont TQLibrary
  • resolveEntity:
  TQXmlEntityResolver
  • resortDir:
  TQFileDialog
  • responseHeaderReceived:
  TQHttp
  • restart:
@@ -2302,7 +2302,7 @@ sRect:
  TQLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • selection:
  TQAccessibleInterface TQTable
  • selectionChanged:
  TQClipboard TQIconView TQLineEdit TQListBox TQListView TQTable TQTextEdit
  • selectionLength:
- TQIMEvent
  • selectionMode:
+ TQIMEvent
  • selectionMode:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQTable
  • selectionStart:
  TQLineEdit
  • selfMask:
  TQPixmap
  • selfNesting:
@@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ sRect:
  TQToolButton
  • setAutoRepeat:
  TQButton TQCheckBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • setAutoReset:
  TQProgressDialog
  • setAutoUnload:
- TQLibrary
  • setBackEnabled:
+ TQLibrary
  • setBackEnabled:
  TQWizard
  • setBackgroundColor:
  TQCanvas TQMovie TQPainter
  • setBackgroundMode:
  TQPainter TQWidget
  • setBackgroundOrigin:
@@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ sRect:
  TQBitArray
  • setBlocking:
  TQSocketDevice
  • setBold:
  TQFont TQTextEdit
  • setBottom:
- TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRect
  • setBottomItem:
+ TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRect
  • setBottomItem:
  TQListBox
  • setBottomLeft:
  TQRect
  • setBottomRight:
  TQRect
  • setBoundaryChecking:
@@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ sRect:
  TQImageIO
  • setQuery:
  TQSqlResult TQUrl
  • setRadioButtonExclusive:
  TQButtonGroup
  • setRange:
- TQDateEdit TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRangeControl TQSlider TQTimeEdit
  • setRasterOp:
+ TQDateEdit TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRangeControl TQSlider TQTimeEdit
  • setRasterOp:
  TQPainter
  • setRawArg:
  TQNetworkOperation
  • setRawData:
  TQMemArray
  • setRawMode:
@@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ sRect:
  TQButton TQPushButton TQToolButton
  • setToggleType:
  TQButton
  • setToolTip:
  TQAction TQTabBar
  • setTop:
- TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRect
  • setTopItem:
+ TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRect
  • setTopItem:
  TQListBox
  • setTopLeft:
  TQRect
  • setTopMargin:
  TQTable
  • setTopRight:
@@ -3120,8 +3120,8 @@ sRect:
  TQUrlOperator
  • startingUp:
  TQApplication
  • startsWith:
  TQString
  • state:
- TQAccessibleInterface TQButton TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQContextMenuEvent TQFtp TQHttp TQIODevice TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQNetworkOperation TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSocket TQWheelEvent
  • stateAfter:
- TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent
  • stateChange:
+ TQAccessibleInterface TQButton TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQContextMenuEvent TQFtp TQHttp TQIODevice TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQNetworkOperation TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSocket TQWheelEvent
  • stateAfter:
+ TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent
  • stateChange:
  TQCheckListItem
  • stateChanged:
  TQButton TQCheckBox TQFtp TQHttp TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • statistics:
  TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQCache TQDict TQIntCache TQIntDict TQPtrDict
  • status:
@@ -3212,7 +3212,7 @@ tab:
  TQBitArray
  • testOption:
  TQGLFormat
  • testWFlags:
  TQWidget
  • text:
- TQAccessibleInterface TQAction TQButton TQCanvasText TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQClipboard TQColorGroup TQComboBox TQComboTableItem TQDataTable TQDomElement TQIMEvent TQIconViewItem TQImage TQKeyEvent TQLabel TQLineEdit TQListBox TQListBoxItem TQListViewItem TQMenuData TQMessageBox TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSpinBox TQSqlError TQTab TQTable TQTableItem TQTextEdit TQWhatsThis
  • textChanged:
+ TQAccessibleInterface TQAction TQButton TQCanvasText TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQClipboard TQColorGroup TQComboBox TQComboTableItem TQDataTable TQDomElement TQIMEvent TQIconViewItem TQImage TQKeyEvent TQLabel TQLineEdit TQListBox TQListBoxItem TQListViewItem TQMenuData TQMessageBox TQPopupMenu TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSpinBox TQSqlError TQTab TQTable TQTableItem TQTextEdit TQWhatsThis
  • textChanged:
  TQComboBox TQLineEdit TQSpinBox TQTextEdit
  • textCursor:
  TQTextEdit
  • textEdit:
  TQSyntaxHighlighter
  • textFlags:
@@ -3313,7 +3313,7 @@ tab:
  TQMainWindow
  • toolTip:
  TQAction TQTabBar TQWidgetPlugin
  • toolTipGroup:
  TQMainWindow
  • top:
- TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQPtrStack TQRect TQValueStack
  • topDock:
+ TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQPtrStack TQRect TQValueStack
  • topDock:
  TQMainWindow
  • topEdge:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • topItem:
  TQListBox
  • topLeft:
@@ -3362,7 +3362,7 @@ ucs2:
  TQUriDrag
  • uniqueId:
  TQTabletEvent
  • unite:
  TQRect TQRegion
  • unload:
- TQLibrary
  • unlock:
+ TQLibrary
  • unlock:
  TQApplication TQMutex
  • unparsedEntityDecl:
  TQXmlDTDHandler
  • unpause:
  TQMovie
  • unregisterDecoderFactory:
@@ -3412,7 +3412,7 @@ vScrollBarMode:
  TQScrollView
  • valid:
  TQImage
  • validChunk:
  TQCanvas
  • validate:
- TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRegExpValidator TQValidator
  • validator:
+ TQDoubleValidator TQIntValidator TQRegExpValidator TQValidator
  • validator:
  TQComboBox TQLineEdit TQSpinBox
  • value:
  TQDataTable TQDial TQDomAttr TQHttpHeader TQHttpRequestHeader TQLCDNumber TQRangeControl TQScrollBar TQSignal TQSlider TQSpinBox TQSqlField TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQXmlAttributes
  • valueChange:
  TQDial TQRangeControl TQSlider TQSpinBox
  • valueChanged:
diff --git a/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms b/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
index 0f315ee91..03a69bfd6 100644
--- a/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
+++ b/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ tqtimerevent.h tqevent.h
 qmouseevent.h tqevent.h
 qwheelevent.h tqevent.h
 tqtabletevent.h tqevent.h
-qkeyevent.h tqevent.h
+tqkeyevent.h tqevent.h
 tqfocusevent.h tqevent.h
 tqpaintevent.h tqevent.h
 qmoveevent.h tqevent.h
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ tqicondragevent.h tqevent.h
 qshowevent.h tqevent.h
 tqhideevent.h tqevent.h
 tqcontextmenuevent.h tqevent.h
-qimevent.h tqevent.h
+tqimevent.h tqevent.h
 tqdropevent.h tqevent.h
 tqdragmoveevent.h tqevent.h
 tqdragenterevent.h tqevent.h
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ tqtextistream.h tqtextstream.h
 tqtextostream.h tqtextstream.h
 tqtooltipgroup.h tqtooltip.h
 tqtranslatormessage.h tqtranslator.h
-qintvalidator.h tqvalidator.h
+tqintvalidator.h tqvalidator.h
 tqdoublevalidator.h tqvalidator.h
 tqregexpvalidator.h tqvalidator.h
 tqvaluelistiterator.h tqvaluelist.h
diff --git a/doc/html/headers.html b/doc/html/headers.html
index de90814b8..80284f5d5 100644
--- a/doc/html/headers.html
+++ b/doc/html/headers.html
@@ -116,16 +116,16 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
  • tqiconview.h
 
  • tqimage.h
 
  • tqimageformatplugin.h
-
  • ntqinputdialog.h
+
  • tqinputdialog.h
 
  • tqintcache.h
 
  • tqintdict.h
 
  • tqiodevice.h
 
  • tqjiscodec.h
-
  • ntqkeysequence.h
+
  • tqkeysequence.h
 
  • tqlabel.h
 
  • tqlayout.h
 
  • tqlcdnumber.h
-
  • ntqlibrary.h
+
  • tqlibrary.h
 
  • tqlineedit.h
 
  • tqlistbox.h
 
  • tqlistview.h
diff --git a/doc/html/hierarchy.html b/doc/html/hierarchy.html
index 1efb20cb2..ab48803cb 100644
--- a/doc/html/hierarchy.html
+++ b/doc/html/hierarchy.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQWidgetItem
 
 
  • TQLayoutIterator
-
  • TQLibrary
+
  • TQLibrary
 
  • TQListBoxItem
 
 
  • TQIconViewItem
-
  • TQKeySequence
+
  • TQKeySequence
 
  • TQListViewItem
 
      
 
    • TQCheckListItem
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
    • TQValidator
 
 
    • TQWidget
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
    • TQErrorMessage
 
    • TQFileDialog
 
    • TQFontDialog
-
    • TQInputDialog
+
    • TQInputDialog
 
    • TQMessageBox
 
    • TQMotifDialog
 
    • TQProgressDialog
diff --git a/doc/html/i18n.html b/doc/html/i18n.html
index 9842b3e9d..6826ac408 100644
--- a/doc/html/i18n.html
+++ b/doc/html/i18n.html
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ might find TQObject::trUtf8() more convenient
 TQObject::tr(), as tr() depends on the
 TQApplication::defaultCodec(), which makes it more fragile than
 TQObject::trUtf8().
-
       
       Use TQKeySequence() for Accelerator Values
+
       
       Use TQKeySequence() for Accelerator Values
 
      
 
       Accelerator values such as Ctrl+Q or Alt+F need to be
 translated too. If you hardcode CTRL+Key_Q for "Quit" in
diff --git a/doc/html/index b/doc/html/index
index fac389301..485cb8ab6 100644
--- a/doc/html/index
+++ b/doc/html/index
@@ -2708,13 +2708,13 @@
 "TQHttpResponseHeader::reasonPhrase" tqhttpresponseheader.html#reasonPhrase
 "TQHttpResponseHeader::setStatusLine" tqhttpresponseheader.html#setStatusLine
 "TQHttpResponseHeader::statusCode" tqhttpresponseheader.html#statusCode
-"QIMEvent" qimevent.html
-"QIMEvent::accept" qimevent.html#accept
-"QIMEvent::cursorPos" qimevent.html#cursorPos
-"QIMEvent::ignore" qimevent.html#ignore
-"QIMEvent::isAccepted" qimevent.html#isAccepted
-"QIMEvent::selectionLength" qimevent.html#selectionLength
-"QIMEvent::text" qimevent.html#text
+"TQIMEvent" tqimevent.html
+"TQIMEvent::accept" tqimevent.html#accept
+"TQIMEvent::cursorPos" tqimevent.html#cursorPos
+"TQIMEvent::ignore" tqimevent.html#ignore
+"TQIMEvent::isAccepted" tqimevent.html#isAccepted
+"TQIMEvent::selectionLength" tqimevent.html#selectionLength
+"TQIMEvent::text" tqimevent.html#text
 "TQIODevice" tqiodevice.html
 "TQIODevice::Offset" tqiodevice.html#Offset
 "TQIODevice::at" tqiodevice.html#at
@@ -3088,19 +3088,19 @@
 "TQImageIO::status" tqimageio.html#status
 "TQImageIO::write" tqimageio.html#write
 "TQImageIO::~TQImageIO" tqimageio.html#~TQImageIO
-"QInputDialog" ntqinputdialog.html
-"QInputDialog::Type" ntqinputdialog.html#Type
-"QInputDialog::comboBox" ntqinputdialog.html#comboBox
-"QInputDialog::editableComboBox" ntqinputdialog.html#editableComboBox
-"QInputDialog::getDouble" ntqinputdialog.html#getDouble
-"QInputDialog::getInteger" ntqinputdialog.html#getInteger
-"QInputDialog::getItem" ntqinputdialog.html#getItem
-"QInputDialog::getText" ntqinputdialog.html#getText
-"QInputDialog::lineEdit" ntqinputdialog.html#lineEdit
-"QInputDialog::setType" ntqinputdialog.html#setType
-"QInputDialog::spinBox" ntqinputdialog.html#spinBox
-"QInputDialog::type" ntqinputdialog.html#type
-"QInputDialog::~QInputDialog" ntqinputdialog.html#~QInputDialog
+"TQInputDialog" tqinputdialog.html
+"TQInputDialog::Type" tqinputdialog.html#Type
+"TQInputDialog::comboBox" tqinputdialog.html#comboBox
+"TQInputDialog::editableComboBox" tqinputdialog.html#editableComboBox
+"TQInputDialog::getDouble" tqinputdialog.html#getDouble
+"TQInputDialog::getInteger" tqinputdialog.html#getInteger
+"TQInputDialog::getItem" tqinputdialog.html#getItem
+"TQInputDialog::getText" tqinputdialog.html#getText
+"TQInputDialog::lineEdit" tqinputdialog.html#lineEdit
+"TQInputDialog::setType" tqinputdialog.html#setType
+"TQInputDialog::spinBox" tqinputdialog.html#spinBox
+"TQInputDialog::type" tqinputdialog.html#type
+"TQInputDialog::~TQInputDialog" tqinputdialog.html#~TQInputDialog
 "TQIntCache" tqintcache.html
 "TQIntCache::clear" tqintcache.html#clear
 "TQIntCache::count" tqintcache.html#count
@@ -3160,42 +3160,42 @@
 "TQIntDictIterator::operator+=" tqintdictiterator.html#operator+-eq
 "TQIntDictIterator::toFirst" tqintdictiterator.html#toFirst
 "TQIntDictIterator::~TQIntDictIterator" tqintdictiterator.html#~TQIntDictIterator
-"QIntValidator" qintvalidator.html
-"QIntValidator::bottom" qintvalidator.html#bottom
-"QIntValidator::bottom" qintvalidator.html#bottom-prop
-"QIntValidator::setBottom" qintvalidator.html#setBottom
-"QIntValidator::setRange" qintvalidator.html#setRange
-"QIntValidator::setTop" qintvalidator.html#setTop
-"QIntValidator::top" qintvalidator.html#top
-"QIntValidator::top" qintvalidator.html#top-prop
-"QIntValidator::validate" qintvalidator.html#validate
-"QIntValidator::~QIntValidator" qintvalidator.html#~QIntValidator
+"TQIntValidator" tqintvalidator.html
+"TQIntValidator::bottom" tqintvalidator.html#bottom
+"TQIntValidator::bottom" tqintvalidator.html#bottom-prop
+"TQIntValidator::setBottom" tqintvalidator.html#setBottom
+"TQIntValidator::setRange" tqintvalidator.html#setRange
+"TQIntValidator::setTop" tqintvalidator.html#setTop
+"TQIntValidator::top" tqintvalidator.html#top
+"TQIntValidator::top" tqintvalidator.html#top-prop
+"TQIntValidator::validate" tqintvalidator.html#validate
+"TQIntValidator::~TQIntValidator" tqintvalidator.html#~TQIntValidator
 "TQJisCodec" tqjiscodec.html
 "TQJisCodec::mimeName" tqjiscodec.html#mimeName
-"QKeyEvent" qkeyevent.html
-"QKeyEvent::accept" qkeyevent.html#accept
-"QKeyEvent::ascii" qkeyevent.html#ascii
-"QKeyEvent::count" qkeyevent.html#count
-"QKeyEvent::ignore" qkeyevent.html#ignore
-"QKeyEvent::isAccepted" qkeyevent.html#isAccepted
-"QKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat" qkeyevent.html#isAutoRepeat
-"QKeyEvent::key" qkeyevent.html#key
-"QKeyEvent::state" qkeyevent.html#state
-"QKeyEvent::stateAfter" qkeyevent.html#stateAfter
-"QKeyEvent::text" qkeyevent.html#text
-"QKeySequence" ntqkeysequence.html
-"QKeySequence::assign" ntqkeysequence.html#assign
-"QKeySequence::count" ntqkeysequence.html#count
-"QKeySequence::decodeString" ntqkeysequence.html#decodeString
-"QKeySequence::encodeString" ntqkeysequence.html#encodeString
-"QKeySequence::isEmpty" ntqkeysequence.html#isEmpty
-"QKeySequence::matches" ntqkeysequence.html#matches
-"QKeySequence::operator TQString" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-TQString
-"QKeySequence::operator!=" ntqkeysequence.html#operator!-eq
-"QKeySequence::operator=" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-eq
-"QKeySequence::operator==" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-eq-eq
-"QKeySequence::operator[]" ntqkeysequence.html#operator[]
-"QKeySequence::~QKeySequence" ntqkeysequence.html#~QKeySequence
+"TQKeyEvent" tqkeyevent.html
+"TQKeyEvent::accept" tqkeyevent.html#accept
+"TQKeyEvent::ascii" tqkeyevent.html#ascii
+"TQKeyEvent::count" tqkeyevent.html#count
+"TQKeyEvent::ignore" tqkeyevent.html#ignore
+"TQKeyEvent::isAccepted" tqkeyevent.html#isAccepted
+"TQKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat" tqkeyevent.html#isAutoRepeat
+"TQKeyEvent::key" tqkeyevent.html#key
+"TQKeyEvent::state" tqkeyevent.html#state
+"TQKeyEvent::stateAfter" tqkeyevent.html#stateAfter
+"TQKeyEvent::text" tqkeyevent.html#text
+"TQKeySequence" tqkeysequence.html
+"TQKeySequence::assign" tqkeysequence.html#assign
+"TQKeySequence::count" tqkeysequence.html#count
+"TQKeySequence::decodeString" tqkeysequence.html#decodeString
+"TQKeySequence::encodeString" tqkeysequence.html#encodeString
+"TQKeySequence::isEmpty" tqkeysequence.html#isEmpty
+"TQKeySequence::matches" tqkeysequence.html#matches
+"TQKeySequence::operator TQString" tqkeysequence.html#operator-TQString
+"TQKeySequence::operator!=" tqkeysequence.html#operator!-eq
+"TQKeySequence::operator=" tqkeysequence.html#operator-eq
+"TQKeySequence::operator==" tqkeysequence.html#operator-eq-eq
+"TQKeySequence::operator[]" tqkeysequence.html#operator[]
+"TQKeySequence::~TQKeySequence" tqkeysequence.html#~TQKeySequence
 "TQLCDNumber" tqlcdnumber.html
 "TQLCDNumber::Mode" tqlcdnumber.html#Mode
 "TQLCDNumber::SegmentStyle" tqlcdnumber.html#SegmentStyle
@@ -3320,15 +3320,15 @@
 "TQLayoutIterator::operator=" tqlayoutiterator.html#operator-eq
 "TQLayoutIterator::takeCurrent" tqlayoutiterator.html#takeCurrent
 "TQLayoutIterator::~TQLayoutIterator" tqlayoutiterator.html#~TQLayoutIterator
-"QLibrary" ntqlibrary.html
-"QLibrary::autoUnload" ntqlibrary.html#autoUnload
-"QLibrary::isLoaded" ntqlibrary.html#isLoaded
-"QLibrary::library" ntqlibrary.html#library
-"QLibrary::load" ntqlibrary.html#load
-"QLibrary::resolve" ntqlibrary.html#resolve
-"QLibrary::setAutoUnload" ntqlibrary.html#setAutoUnload
-"QLibrary::unload" ntqlibrary.html#unload
-"QLibrary::~QLibrary" ntqlibrary.html#~QLibrary
+"TQLibrary" tqlibrary.html
+"TQLibrary::autoUnload" tqlibrary.html#autoUnload
+"TQLibrary::isLoaded" tqlibrary.html#isLoaded
+"TQLibrary::library" tqlibrary.html#library
+"TQLibrary::load" tqlibrary.html#load
+"TQLibrary::resolve" tqlibrary.html#resolve
+"TQLibrary::setAutoUnload" tqlibrary.html#setAutoUnload
+"TQLibrary::unload" tqlibrary.html#unload
+"TQLibrary::~TQLibrary" tqlibrary.html#~TQLibrary
 "TQLineEdit" tqlineedit.html
 "TQLineEdit::EchoMode" tqlineedit.html#EchoMode
 "TQLineEdit::acceptableInput" tqlineedit.html#acceptableInput-prop
@@ -7974,7 +7974,7 @@
 "operator<<" tqdomnode.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" tqfont.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" tqimage.html#operator-lt-lt
-"operator<<" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-lt-lt
+"operator<<" tqkeysequence.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" tqmainwindow.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" tqmap.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" tqmemarray.html#operator-lt-lt
@@ -8018,7 +8018,7 @@
 "operator>>" tqdockarea.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" tqfont.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" tqimage.html#operator-gt-gt
-"operator>>" ntqkeysequence.html#operator-gt-gt
+"operator>>" tqkeysequence.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" tqmainwindow.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" tqmap.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" tqmemarray.html#operator-gt-gt
diff --git a/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html b/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html
index 1e07c6620..df56420a4 100644
--- a/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html
+++ b/doc/html/keyfeatures30.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ terms of TQt's signals/slots mechanism directly in TQt Designer.
 
       
 
       Plugins
 
      
-
       The TQLibrary class provides a platform independent wrapper for runtime
+
       The TQLibrary class provides a platform independent wrapper for runtime
 loading of shared libraries. TQPluginManager makes it trivial to implement
 plugin support in applications. The TQt library is able to load
 additional styles, database drivers and text codecs from plugins. 
diff --git a/doc/html/licenses.html b/doc/html/licenses.html
index 17510cc1d..f1ca7af6d 100644
--- a/doc/html/licenses.html
+++ b/doc/html/licenses.html
@@ -260,8 +260,8 @@ NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
 LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
 OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
 WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
      
 
      
 
       Copyright 1995, Trinity College Computing Center.
diff --git a/doc/html/lineedits-example.html b/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
index 3edfeb7c8..14ce9e285 100644
--- a/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotValidatorChanged( int i )
         lined2->setValidator( 0 );
         break;
     case 1:
-        lined2->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( lined2 ) );
+        lined2->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( lined2 ) );
         break;
     case 2:
         lined2->setValidator( new TQDoubleValidator( -999.0, 999.0, 2,
diff --git a/doc/html/mac-differences.html b/doc/html/mac-differences.html
index 44650b4d8..d7004d3eb 100644
--- a/doc/html/mac-differences.html
+++ b/doc/html/mac-differences.html
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ used whenever a default menubar is needed.
 
       
    •  TQCustomMenuItems are not supported in Mac native menubars, they are supported
 in popupmenus that are not in the Mac native menubar.
 
       
    •  Items with accelerators that have more than one keystroke
-(TQKeySequence) will not be honored, and the first key will be used.
+(TQKeySequence) will not be honored, and the first key will be used.
 
       
    
 
     
     Unsupported Native Widgets
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/mainclasses.html b/doc/html/mainclasses.html
index ae62bb9a2..9b71ba0e4 100644
--- a/doc/html/mainclasses.html
+++ b/doc/html/mainclasses.html
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ classes), see TQt's Classes.
 
 TQDate
 
-TQInputDialog
+TQInputDialog
 
 TQProcess
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ classes), see TQt's Classes.
 
 TQDateTimeEdit
 
-TQLibrary
+TQLibrary
 
 TQPushButton
 
diff --git a/doc/html/misc.html b/doc/html/misc.html
index b900c1c8f..e8957e2b9 100644
--- a/doc/html/misc.html
+++ b/doc/html/misc.html
@@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 TQFileIconProviderIcons for TQFileDialog to use
 TQFilePreviewFile previewing in TQFileDialog
 TQFocusDataMaintains the list of widgets in the focus chain
-TQIntValidatorValidator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range
-TQKeySequenceEncapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators
+TQIntValidatorValidator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range
+TQKeySequenceEncapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators
 TQMacMimeMaps open-standard MIME to Mac flavors
 TQMenuDataBase class for TQMenuBar and TQPopupMenu
 TQMimeSourceAbstraction of objects which provide formatted data of a certain MIME type
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqapplication.html b/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
index 4d4db9252..a542212bb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ copy, e.g.
  
 
     See the plugins documentation for a
 description of how the library paths are used.
-
     
    See also setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
+
     
    See also setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
 
 
    void TQApplication::lock ()
 
     
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ that may be used on touch-screens or similar IO-devices.
 Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to paths.
 All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the
 paths given in paths.
-
     
    See also libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
+
     
    See also libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
 
 
    void TQApplication::setMainWidget ( TQWidget * mainWidget ) [virtual]
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
deleted file mode 100644
index c2ec2e2f1..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQInputDialog Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
    TQInputDialog Class Reference
    
-
-
    The TQInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user.
-More...
-
    #include <ntqinputdialog.h>
-
    Inherits TQDialog.
-
    List of all member functions.
-
    Static Public Members
    
-
      
-
    • TQString getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
      • 
-
    • int getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
      • 
-
    • double getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
      • 
-
    • TQString getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
      • 
-
    
-
    Detailed Description
    
-
-
-The TQInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user.
-
-
-
     The input value can be a string, a number or an item from a list. A
-label must be set to tell the user what they should enter.
-
     Four static convenience functions are provided:
-getText(), getInteger(), getDouble() and getItem(). All the
-functions can be used in a similar way, for example:
-
    -    bool ok;
-    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
-            "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
-            TQString::null, &ok, this );
-    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
-        // user entered something and pressed OK
-    } else {
-        // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
     
    Input Dialogs
     
    See also Dialog Classes.
-
-
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
-
    
-Static convenience function to get a floating point number from
-the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
-bar of the dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user
-(it should say what should be entered). value is the default
-floating point number that the line edit will be set to. minValue and maxValue are the minimum and maximum values the
-user may choose, and decimals is the maximum number of decimal
-places the number may have.
-
     If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the user
-pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's
-parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The dialog will
-be modal.
-
     This function returns the floating point number which has been
-entered by the user.
-
     Use this static function like this:
-
     
    -    bool ok;
-    double res = TQInputDialog::getDouble(
-            "MyApp 3000", "Enter a decimal number:", 33.7, 0,
-            1000, 2, &ok, this );
-    if ( ok ) {
-        // user entered something and pressed OK
-    } else {
-        // user pressed Cancel
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
-
    int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
-
    
-Static convenience function to get an integer input from the
-user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar
-of the dialog.  label is the text which is shown to the user
-(it should say what should be entered). value is the default
-integer which the spinbox will be set to.  minValue and maxValue are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose,
-and step is the amount by which the values change as the user
-presses the arrow buttons to increment or decrement the value.
-
     If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the user
-pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's
-parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The dialog will
-be modal.
-
     This function returns the integer which has been entered by the user.
-
     Use this static function like this:
-
     
    -    bool ok;
-    int res = TQInputDialog::getInteger(
-            "MyApp 3000", "Enter a number:", 22, 0, 1000, 2,
-            &ok, this );
-    if ( ok ) {
-        // user entered something and pressed OK
-    } else {
-        // user pressed Cancel
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
-
    
-Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a
-string list. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
-bar of the dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user (it
-should say what should be entered). list is the
-string list which is inserted into the combobox, and current is the number
-of the item which should be the current item. If editable is TRUE
-the user can enter their own text; if editable is FALSE the user
-may only select one of the existing items.
-
     If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the user
-pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's
-parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The dialog will
-be modal.
-
     This function returns the text of the current item, or if editable is TRUE, the current text of the combobox.
-
     Use this static function like this:
-
     
    -    TQStringList lst;
-    lst << "First" << "Second" << "Third" << "Fourth" << "Fifth";
-    bool ok;
-    TQString res = TQInputDialog::getItem(
-            "MyApp 3000", "Select an item:", lst, 1, TRUE, &ok,
-            this );
-    if ( ok ) {
-        // user selected an item and pressed OK
-    } else {
-        // user pressed Cancel
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
-
    
-Static convenience function to get a string from the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the
-dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user (it should
-say what should be entered). text is the default text which is
-placed in the line edit. The mode is the echo mode the line edit
-will use. If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the
-user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The
-dialog's parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The
-dialog will be modal.
-
     This function returns the text which has been entered in the line
-edit. It will not return an empty string.
-
     Use this static function like this:
-
     
    -    bool ok;
-    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
-            "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
-            TQString::null, &ok, this );
-    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
-        // user entered something and pressed OK
-    } else {
-        // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
-
-
    
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
    
-
-
    Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
    TQt 3.3.8
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html b/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1502ef399..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQKeySequence Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
    TQKeySequence Class Reference
    
-
-
    The TQKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
-by accelerators.
-More...
-
    #include <ntqkeysequence.h>
-
    Inherits TQt.
-
    List of all member functions.
-
    Public Members
    
-
-
    Related Functions
    
-
      
-
    • TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
      • 
-
    • TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQKeySequence & keysequence )
      • 
-
    
-
    Detailed Description
    
-
-
-The TQKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
-by accelerators.
-
     
-
     A key sequence consists of up to four keyboard codes, each
-optionally combined with modifiers, e.g. SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META, or UNICODE_ACCEL. For example, CTRL + Key_P
-might be a sequence used as a shortcut for printing a document.
-The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative,
-use UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character.
-For example, UNICODE_ACCEL + 'A' gives the same key sequence
-as Key_A.
-
     Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code,
-or from a human readable translatable string such as
-"Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a TQString to
-obtain a human readable translated version of the sequence.
-Translations are done in the "TQAccel" context.
-
     
    See also TQAccel and Miscellaneous Classes.
-
-
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ()
-
    
-Constructs an empty key sequence.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQString & key )
-
    
-Creates a key sequence from the string key. For example
-"Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
-"Shift", "Alt" and "Meta" are recognized, as well as their
-translated equivalents in the "TQAccel" context (using
-TQObject::tr()).
-
     Multiple key codes (up to four) may be entered by separating them
-with commas, e.g. "Alt+X,Ctrl+S,Q".
-
     This contructor is typically used with tr(), so that accelerator keys can be replaced in
-translations:
-
     
    -        TQPopupMenu *file = new TQPopupMenu( this );
-        file->insertItem( tr("&Open..."), this, TQ_SLOT(open()),
-                          TQKeySequence( tr("Ctrl+O", "File|Open") ) );
-    
    
- 
-
     Note the "File|Open" translator comment. It is by no means
-necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( int key )
-
    
-Constructs a key sequence that has a single key.
-
     The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h and can be
-combined with modifiers, e.g. with SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META or UNICODE_ACCEL.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 )
-
    
-Constructs a key sequence with up to 4 keys k1, k2,
-k3 and k4.
-
     The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h and can be
-combined with modifiers, e.g. with SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META or UNICODE_ACCEL.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
-
    
-Copy constructor. Makes a copy of keysequence.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::~TQKeySequence ()
-
    
-Destroys the key sequence.
-
-
    uint TQKeySequence::count () const
-
    
-Returns the number of keys in the key sequence.
-The maximum is 4.
-
-
    bool TQKeySequence::isEmpty () const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if the key sequence is empty; otherwise returns
-FALSE.
-
-
    TQt::SequenceMatch TQKeySequence::matches ( const TQKeySequence & seq ) const
-
    
-Matches the sequence with seq. Returns TQt::Identical if
-successful, TQt::PartialMatch for matching but incomplete seq,
-and TQt::NoMatch if the sequences have nothing in common.
-Returns TQt::NoMatch if seq is shorter.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::operator TQString () const
-
    
-Creates an accelerator string for the key sequence.
-For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has
-multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g.
-"Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are
-translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" scope. If the key
-sequence has no keys, TQString::null is returned.
-
     On Mac OS X, the string returned resembles the sequence that is shown in
-the menubar.
-
-
    TQKeySequence::operator int () const
-
    
-This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
     For backward compatibility: returns the first keycode
-as integer. If the key sequence is empty, 0 is returned.
-
-
    bool TQKeySequence::operator!= ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if keysequence is not equal to this key sequence;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-
    TQKeySequence & TQKeySequence::operator= ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
-
    
-Assignment operator. Assigns keysequence to this
-object.
-
-
    bool TQKeySequence::operator== ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if keysequence is equal to this key
-sequence; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-
    int TQKeySequence::operator[] ( uint index ) const
-
    
-Returns a reference to the element at position index in the key
-sequence. This can only be used to read an element.
-
-
    Related Functions
    
-
    TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
-
    
-
-
     Writes the key sequence keysequence to the stream s.
-
     
    See also Format of the TQDataStream operators.
-
-
    TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQKeySequence & keysequence )
-
    
-
-
     Reads a key sequence from the stream s into the key sequence keysequence.
-
     
    See also Format of the TQDataStream operators.
-
-
-
    
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
    
-
-
    Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
    TQt 3.3.8
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html b/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 0527d974e..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,290 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQLibrary Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
    TQLibrary Class Reference
    
-
-
    The TQLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
-More...
-
    All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
    
-
    #include <ntqlibrary.h>
-
    List of all member functions.
-
    Public Members
    
-
-
    Static Public Members
    
-
      
-
    • void * resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb )
      • 
-
    
-
    Detailed Description
    
-
-
-
-The TQLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
-
     
-
-
     An instance of a TQLibrary object can handle a single shared
-library and provide access to the functionality in the library in
-a platform independent way. If the library is a component server,
-TQLibrary provides access to the exported component and can
-directly query this component for interfaces.
-
     TQLibrary ensures that the shared library is loaded and stays in
-memory whilst it is in use. TQLibrary can also unload the library
-on destruction and release unused resources.
-
     A typical use of TQLibrary is to resolve an exported symbol in a
-shared object, and to call the function that this symbol
-represents. This is called "explicit linking" in contrast to
-"implicit linking", which is done by the link step in the build
-process when linking an executable against a library.
-
     The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol
-"mysymbol", and calls the function if everything succeeded. If
-something went wrong, e.g. the library file does not exist or the
-symbol is not defined, the function pointer will be 0 and won't be
-called. When the TQLibrary object is destroyed the library will be
-unloaded, making all references to memory allocated in the library
-invalid.
-
     
    -    typedef void (*MyPrototype)();
-    MyPrototype myFunction;
-
-    TQLibrary myLib( "mylib" );
-    myFunction = (MyPrototype) myLib.resolve( "mysymbol" );
-    if ( myFunction ) {
-        myFunction();
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
    See also Plugins.
-
-
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQLibrary::TQLibrary ( const TQString & filename )
-
    
-Creates a TQLibrary object for the shared library filename. The
-library will be unloaded in the destructor.
-
     Note that filename does not need to include the (platform specific)
-file extension, so calling
-
    -    TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
-    
    
- 
-is equivalent to calling
-
    -    TQLibrary lib( "mylib.dll" );
-    
    
- 
-on Windows, and
-
    -    TQLibrary lib( "libmylib.so" );
-    
    
- 
-on Unix. Specifying the extension is not recommended, since
-doing so introduces a platform dependency.
-
     If filename does not include a path, the library loader will
-look for the file in the platform specific search paths.
-
     
    See also load(), unload(), and setAutoUnload().
-
-
    TQLibrary::~TQLibrary () [virtual]
-
    
-Deletes the TQLibrary object.
-
     The library will be unloaded if autoUnload() is TRUE (the
-default), otherwise it stays in memory until the application
-exits.
-
     
    See also unload() and setAutoUnload().
-
-
    bool TQLibrary::autoUnload () const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if the library will be automatically unloaded when
-this wrapper object is destructed; otherwise returns FALSE. The
-default is TRUE.
-
     
    See also setAutoUnload().
-
-
    bool TQLibrary::isLoaded () const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if the library is loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
     
    See also unload().
-
-
    TQString TQLibrary::library () const
-
    
-Returns the filename of the shared library this TQLibrary object
-handles, including the platform specific file extension.
-
     For example:
-
    -    TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
-    TQString str = lib.library();
-    
    
- 
-will set str to "mylib.dll" on Windows, and "libmylib.so" on Linux.
-
-
    bool TQLibrary::load ()
-
    
-Loads the library. Since resolve() always calls this function
-before resolving any symbols it is not necessary to call it
-explicitly. In some situations you might want the library loaded
-in advance, in which case you would use this function.
-
     On Darwin and Mac OS X this function uses code from dlcompat, part of the
-OpenDarwin project.
-
     
-
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jorge Acereda and Peter O'Gorman
-
     Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
     The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
     THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
-LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
-OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
    void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const char * symb )
-
    
-Returns the address of the exported symbol symb. The library is
-loaded if necessary. The function returns 0 if the symbol could
-not be resolved or the library could not be loaded.
-
     
    -    typedef int (*avgProc)( int, int );
-
-    avgProc avg = (avgProc) library->resolve( "avg" );
-    if ( avg )
-        return avg( 5, 8 );
-    else
-        return -1;
-    
    
- 
-
     The symbol must be exported as a C-function from the library. This
-requires the extern "C" notation if the library is compiled
-with a C++ compiler. On Windows you also have to explicitly export
-the function from the DLL using the __declspec(dllexport)
-compiler directive.
-
     
    -    extern "C" MY_EXPORT_MACRO int avg(int a, int b)
-    {
-        return (a + b) / 2;
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
     with MY_EXPORT defined as
-
     
    -    #ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-    # define MY_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
-    #else
-    # define MY_EXPORT
-    #endif
-    
    
- 
-
     On Darwin and Mac OS X this function uses code from dlcompat, part of the
-OpenDarwin project.
-
     
-
     Copyright (c) 2002 Jorge Acereda and Peter O'Gorman
-
     Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
     The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
     THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
-NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
-LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
-OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
-WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-
    void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Loads the library filename and returns the address of the
-exported symbol symb. Note that like the constructor, filename does not need to include the (platform specific) file
-extension. The library remains loaded until the process exits.
-
     The function returns 0 if the symbol could not be resolved or the
-library could not be loaded.
-
     This function is useful only if you want to resolve a single
-symbol, e.g. a function pointer from a specific library once:
-
     
    -    typedef void (*FunctionType)();
-    static FunctionType *ptrFunction = 0;
-    static bool triedResolve = FALSE;
-    if ( !ptrFunction && !triedResolve )
-        ptrFunction = TQLibrary::resolve( "mylib", "mysymb" );
-
-    if ( ptrFunction )
-        ptrFunction();
-    else
-        ...
-    
    
- 
-
     If you want to resolve multiple symbols, use a TQLibrary object and
-call the non-static version of resolve().
-
     
    See also 
-
    void TQLibrary::setAutoUnload ( bool enabled )
-
    
-If enabled is TRUE (the default), the wrapper object is set to
-automatically unload the library upon destruction. If enabled
-is FALSE, the wrapper object is not unloaded unless you explicitly
-call unload().
-
     
    See also autoUnload().
-
-
    bool TQLibrary::unload () [virtual]
-
    
-Unloads the library and returns TRUE if the library could be
-unloaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
     This function is called by the destructor if autoUnload() is
-enabled.
-
     
    See also resolve().
-
-
-
    
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
    
-
-
    Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
    TQt 3.3.8
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqt.html b/doc/html/ntqt.html
index 646f140b2..bb33a3a80 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqt.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqt.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 that need to be global-like.
 More...
 
    #include <ntqnamespace.h>
-
    Inherited by TQObject, TQPixmap, TQBrush, TQCanvasItem, TQCursor, TQPainter, TQEvent, TQIconViewItem, TQKeySequence, TQListViewItem, TQCustomMenuItem, TQPen, TQStyleSheetItem, TQSyntaxHighlighter, TQTab, TQTableItem, TQThread, TQToolTip, and TQWhatsThis.
+
    Inherited by TQObject, TQPixmap, TQBrush, TQCanvasItem, TQCursor, TQPainter, TQEvent, TQIconViewItem, TQKeySequence, TQListViewItem, TQCustomMenuItem, TQPen, TQStyleSheetItem, TQSyntaxHighlighter, TQTab, TQTableItem, TQThread, TQToolTip, and TQWhatsThis.
 
    List of all member functions.
 
    Public Members
    
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvariant.html b/doc/html/ntqvariant.html
index 372134dc1..19a0f0063 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvariant.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvariant.html
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ contain.
 
    • TQVariant::IconSet - a TQIconSet
 
    • TQVariant::Image - a TQImage
 
    • TQVariant::Int - an int
-
    • TQVariant::KeySequence - a TQKeySequence
+
    • TQVariant::KeySequence - a TQKeySequence
 
    • TQVariant::List - a TQValueList
 
    • TQVariant::LongLong - a long long
 
    • TQVariant::ULongLong - an unsigned long long
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ Constructs a new variant with a bytearray value, val.
 
 Constructs a new variant with a bitarray value, val.
 
-
      TQVariant::TQVariant ( const TQKeySequence & val )
+
      TQVariant::TQVariant ( const TQKeySequence & val )
 
      
 Constructs a new variant with a key sequence value, val.
 
@@ -575,10 +575,10 @@ not possible the variant is set to a null image.
 
 Returns the variant's value as int reference.
 
-
      TQKeySequence & TQVariant::asKeySequence ()
+
      TQKeySequence & TQVariant::asKeySequence ()
 
      
 
-
       Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQKeySequence value. If that
+
       Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQKeySequence value. If that
 is not possible then the variant is set to an empty key sequence.
 
       Returns a reference to the stored key sequence.
 
       
      See also toKeySequence().
@@ -966,9 +966,9 @@ otherwise returns 0.
 converted to an int; otherwise *ok is set to FALSE.
 
       
      See also asInt() and canCast().
 
-
      const TQKeySequence TQVariant::toKeySequence () const
+
      const TQKeySequence TQVariant::toKeySequence () const
 
      
-Returns the variant as a TQKeySequence if the variant can be cast
+Returns the variant as a TQKeySequence if the variant can be cast
 to a KeySequence; otherwise returns an empty key sequence.
 
       
      See also asKeySequence() and canCast().
 
diff --git a/doc/html/picture-example.html b/doc/html/picture-example.html
index a4d2b0d12..c0189b6a0 100644
--- a/doc/html/picture-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/picture-example.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
    ~PictureDisplay();
 protected:
     void        paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
-    void        keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * );
+    void        keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * );
 private:
     TQPicture   *pict;
     TQString     name;
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ void PictureDisplay::paintEvent( drawText( rect(), AlignCenter, name );
 }
 
-void PictureDisplay::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *k )
+void PictureDisplay::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *k )
 {
-    switch ( tolower(k->ascii()) ) {
+    switch ( tolower(k->ascii()) ) {
         case 'r':                               // reload
             pict->load( name );
             update();
diff --git a/doc/html/plugins.html b/doc/html/plugins.html
index 3315e608b..48a7d3253 100644
--- a/doc/html/plugins.html
+++ b/doc/html/plugins.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ and with TQt plugins.
 
       
 
      
 
      TQImageFormatPluginAbstract base for custom image format plugins
-
      TQLibraryWrapper for handling shared libraries
+
      TQLibraryWrapper for handling shared libraries
 
      TQSqlDriverPluginAbstract base for custom TQSqlDriver plugins
 
      TQStylePluginAbstract base for custom TQStyle plugins
 
      TQTextCodecPluginAbstract base for custom TQTextCodec plugins
diff --git a/doc/html/porting.html b/doc/html/porting.html
index 2d2c9ce4b..56ba55585 100644
--- a/doc/html/porting.html
+++ b/doc/html/porting.html
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ rather than the documentation supplied with TQt to obtain the latest
 information regarding obsolete functions and how to replace them in
 new code.
 
       
        
-
      •  TQAccel::keyToString( TQKeySequence k )
+
      •  TQAccel::keyToString( TQKeySequence k )
 
      •  TQAccel::stringToKey( const TQString & s )
 
      •  TQActionGroup::insert( TQAction *a )
 
      •  TQCanvasItem::active() const
@@ -463,12 +463,12 @@ TQFont::charSet() or TQFont::setCharSet(), just remove them from your
 code. There are a few functions that took a TQFont::CharSet as a
 parameter; in these cases simply remove the charset from the
 parameter list.
-
         
         TQInputDialog
+
         
         TQInputDialog
 
        
 
         The two static getText(...) methods in TQInputDialog have been merged. 
 The echo parameter is the third parameter and defaults to 
 TQLineEdit::Normal. 
-
         If you used calls to TQInputDialog::getText(...) that provided more 
+
         If you used calls to TQInputDialog::getText(...) that provided more 
 than the first two required parameters you will must add a value 
 for the echo parameter.
 
         
         TQLayout and Other Abstract Layout Classes
diff --git a/doc/html/propertydocs b/doc/html/propertydocs
index f2da00aff..6d8d06c0e 100644
--- a/doc/html/propertydocs
+++ b/doc/html/propertydocs
@@ -1733,20 +1733,20 @@ tooltip; see <a href="tqiconview.html#setShowToolTips">setShowToolTips<
 
 
 
-    QIntValidator::bottom
-    
+    TQIntValidator::bottom
+    
 <p>This property holds the validator's lowest acceptable value.
-<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#setBottom">setBottom</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#bottom">bottom</a>().
-<p><p>See also <a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
+<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqintvalidator.html#setBottom">setBottom</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqintvalidator.html#bottom">bottom</a>().
+<p><p>See also <a href="tqintvalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
 
 
 
 
-    QIntValidator::top
-    
+    TQIntValidator::top
+    
 <p>This property holds the validator's highest acceptable value.
-<p>Set this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#setTop">setTop</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="qintvalidator.html#top">top</a>().
-<p><p>See also <a href="qintvalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
+<p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqintvalidator.html#setTop">setTop</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqintvalidator.html#top">top</a>().
+<p><p>See also <a href="tqintvalidator.html#setRange">setRange</a>().
 
 
 
@@ -4438,7 +4438,7 @@ can reimplement the <a href="tqwidget.html#enabledChange">enabledChange<
 <p> Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
 respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
 explicitly disabled.
-<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isEnabledTo">isEnabledTo</a>(), <a href="qkeyevent.html">QKeyEvent</a>, <a href="qmouseevent.html">QMouseEvent</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#enabledChange">enabledChange</a>().
+<p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#enabled-prop">enabled</a>, <a href="tqwidget.html#isEnabledTo">isEnabledTo</a>(), <a href="tqkeyevent.html">TQKeyEvent</a>, <a href="qmouseevent.html">QMouseEvent</a>, and <a href="tqwidget.html#enabledChange">enabledChange</a>().
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setEnabled">setEnabled</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#isEnabled">isEnabled</a>().
 
diff --git a/doc/html/propertyindex b/doc/html/propertyindex
index 715868967..99e5c0d99 100644
--- a/doc/html/propertyindex
+++ b/doc/html/propertyindex
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@
 "TQIconView/sorting" tqiconview.html#sorting-prop
 "TQIconView/spacing" tqiconview.html#spacing-prop
 "TQIconView/wordWrapIconText" tqiconview.html#wordWrapIconText-prop
-"QIntValidator/bottom" qintvalidator.html#bottom-prop
-"QIntValidator/top" qintvalidator.html#top-prop
+"TQIntValidator/bottom" tqintvalidator.html#bottom-prop
+"TQIntValidator/top" tqintvalidator.html#top-prop
 "TQLCDNumber/intValue" tqlcdnumber.html#intValue-prop
 "TQLCDNumber/mode" tqlcdnumber.html#mode-prop
 "TQLCDNumber/numDigits" tqlcdnumber.html#numDigits-prop
diff --git a/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html b/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html
index 1278f5fbb..8a538932a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ provide a fixup() function.
 with setBottom() and setTop(). Set the number of decimal places
 with setDecimals(). The validate() function returns the validation
 state.
-
         
        See also TQIntValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
         
        See also TQIntValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
 
        TQDoubleValidator::TQDoubleValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
diff --git a/doc/html/qimevent-members.html b/doc/html/qimevent-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cfe18f92f..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qimevent-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQIMEvent Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        Complete Member List for TQIMEvent
        
-
-
        This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQIMEvent, including inherited members.
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qimevent.html b/doc/html/qimevent.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 846e5c369..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qimevent.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQIMEvent Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        TQIMEvent Class Reference
        
-
-
        The TQIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
-More...
-
        #include <tqevent.h>
-
        Inherits TQEvent.
-
        List of all member functions.
-
        Public Members
        
-
-
        Detailed Description
        
-
-
-The TQIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
-
         
-
         Input method events are sent to widgets when an input method is
-used to enter text into a widget. Input methods are widely used to
-enter text in Asian and other complex languages.
-
         The events are of interest to widgets that accept keyboard input
-and want to be able to correctly handle complex languages. Text
-input in such languages is usually a three step process.
-
         
          
-
        1.  Starting to Compose
          
-When the user presses the first key on a keyboard an input context
-is created. This input context will contain a string with the
-typed characters.
-
           
        2.  Composing
          
-With every new key pressed, the input method will try to create a
-matching string for the text typed so far. While the input context
-is active, the user can only move the cursor inside the string
-belonging to this input context.
-
           
        3.  Completing
          
-At some point, e.g. when the user presses the Spacebar, they get
-to this stage, where they can choose from a number of strings that
-match the text they have typed so far. The user can press Enter to
-confirm their choice or Escape to cancel the input; in either case
-the input context will be closed.
-
        
-
         Note that the particular key presses used for a given input
-context may differ from those we've mentioned here, i.e. they may
-not be Spacebar, Enter and Escape.
-
         These three stages are represented by three different types of
-events. The IMStartEvent, IMComposeEvent and IMEndEvent. When a
-new input context is created, an IMStartEvent will be sent to the
-widget and delivered to the TQWidget::imStartEvent() function.
-The widget can then update internal data structures to reflect
-this.
-
         After this, an IMComposeEvent will be sent to the widget for
-every key the user presses. It will contain the current
-composition string the widget has to show and the current cursor
-position within the composition string. This string is temporary
-and can change with every key the user types, so the widget will
-need to store the state before the composition started (the state
-it had when it received the IMStartEvent). IMComposeEvents will be
-delivered to the TQWidget::imComposeEvent() function.
-
         Usually, widgets try to mark the part of the text that is part of
-the current composition in a way that is visible to the user. A
-commonly used visual cue is to use a dotted underline.
-
         After the user has selected the final string, an IMEndEvent will
-be sent to the widget. The event contains the final string the
-user selected, and could be empty if they canceled the
-composition. This string should be accepted as the final text the
-user entered, and the intermediate composition string should be
-cleared. These events are delivered to TQWidget::imEndEvent().
-
         If the user clicks another widget, taking the focus out of the
-widget where the composition is taking place the IMEndEvent will
-be sent and the string it holds will be the result of the
-composition up to that point (which may be an empty string).
-
        See also Event Classes.
-
-
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQIMEvent::TQIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )
-
        
-
-
         Constructs a new TQIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. type can be one of TQEvent::IMStartEvent, TQEvent::IMComposeEvent
-or TQEvent::IMEndEvent. text contains the current compostion
-string and cursorPosition the current position of the cursor
-inside text.
-
-
        void TQIMEvent::accept ()
-
        
-
-
         Sets the accept flag of the input method event object.
-
         Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
-event processed the input method event.
-
         The accept flag is not set by default.
-
         
        See also ignore().
-
-
        int TQIMEvent::cursorPos () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the current cursor position inside the composition string.
-Will return -1 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
-
-
        void TQIMEvent::ignore ()
-
        
-
-
         Clears the accept flag parameter of the input method event object.
-
         Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
-does not want the input method event.
-
         The accept flag is cleared by default.
-
         
        See also accept().
-
-
        bool TQIMEvent::isAccepted () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event processed the event;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-
-
        int TQIMEvent::selectionLength () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the number of characters in the composition string (
-starting at cursorPos() ) that should be marked as selected by the
-input widget receiving the event.
-Will return 0 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
-
-
        const TQString & TQIMEvent::text () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the composition text. This is a null string for an
-IMStartEvent, and contains the final accepted string (which may be
-empty) in the IMEndEvent.
-
-
-
        
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html b/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 238bdf48d..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-ntqinputdialog.h Include File
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        ntqinputdialog.h
        
-
-
        This is the verbatim text of the ntqinputdialog.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
-
        
-
        -/****************************************************************************
-** $Id: qt/ntqinputdialog.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:37 $
-**
-** Definition of TQInputDialog class
-**
-** Created : 991212
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
-** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
-** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
-** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQINPUTDIALOG_H
-#define TQINPUTDIALOG_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "tqdialog.h"
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#include "tqlineedit.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG
-
-class TQSpinBox;
-class TQComboBox;
-class TQInputDialogPrivate;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQInputDialog : public TQDialog
-{
-    TQ_OBJECT
-
-private:
-    enum Type { LineEdit, SpinBox, ComboBox, EditableComboBox };
-
-    TQInputDialog( const TQString &label, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0,
-		 bool modal = TRUE, Type type = LineEdit ); //### 4.0: widget flag!
-    ~TQInputDialog();
-
-    TQLineEdit *lineEdit() const;
-    TQSpinBox *spinBox() const;
-    TQComboBox *comboBox() const;
-    TQComboBox *editableComboBox() const;
-
-    void setType( Type t );
-    Type type() const;
-
-public:
-    //### 4.0: widget flag!
-    static TQString getText( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode echo = TQLineEdit::Normal,
-			    const TQString &text = TQString::null, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
-    static int getInteger( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647,
-			   int maxValue = 2147483647,
-			   int step = 1, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
-    static double getDouble( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, double value = 0,
-			     double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647,
-			     int decimals = 1, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
-    static TQString getItem( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, const TQStringList &list,
-			    int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE,
-			    bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
-
-private slots:
-    void textChanged( const TQString &s );
-    void tryAccept();
-
-private:
-    TQInputDialogPrivate *d;
-    friend class TQInputDialogPrivate; /* to avoid 'has no friends' warnings... */
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQInputDialog( const TQInputDialog & );
-    TQInputDialog &operator=( const TQInputDialog & );
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG
-
-#endif // TQINPUTDIALOG_H
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qinputdialog-members.html b/doc/html/qinputdialog-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index b8fc6caa0..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qinputdialog-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,353 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQInputDialog Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        Complete Member List for TQInputDialog
        
-
-
        This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQInputDialog, including inherited members.
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qintvalidator-members.html b/doc/html/qintvalidator-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index d8b5c5444..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qintvalidator-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQIntValidator Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        Complete Member List for TQIntValidator
        
-
-
        This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQIntValidator, including inherited members.
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qintvalidator.html b/doc/html/qintvalidator.html
deleted file mode 100644
index fd884e243..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qintvalidator.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQIntValidator Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        TQIntValidator Class Reference
        
-
-
        The TQIntValidator class provides a validator which ensures
-that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
-More...
-
        #include <tqvalidator.h>
-
        Inherits TQValidator.
-
        List of all member functions.
-
        Public Members
        
-
-
        Properties
        
-
          
-
        • int bottom - the validator's lowest acceptable value
          • 
-
        • int top - the validator's highest acceptable value
          • 
-
        
-
        Detailed Description
        
-
-
-The TQIntValidator class provides a validator which ensures
-that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
-
         
-
         Example of use:
-
         
        -    TQValidator* validator = new TQIntValidator( 100, 999, this );
-    TQLineEdit* edit = new TQLineEdit( this );
-
-    // the edit lineedit will only accept integers between 100 and 999
-    edit->setValidator( validator );
-    
        
- 
-
         Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would
-normally be associated with a widget as in the example above.
-
         
        -    TQString str;
-    int pos = 0;
-    TQIntValidator v( 100, 999, this );
-
-    str = "1";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Intermediate
-    str = "12";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Intermediate
-
-    str = "123";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Acceptable
-    str = "678";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Acceptable
-
-    str = "1234";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
-    str = "-123";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
-    str = "abc";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
-    str = "12cm";
-    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
-    
        
- 
-
         The minimum and maximum values are set in one call with setRange()
-or individually with setBottom() and setTop().
-
         
        See also TQDoubleValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
-
-
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQIntValidator::TQIntValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
-
        
-Constructs a validator called name with parent parent, that
-accepts all integers.
-
-
        TQIntValidator::TQIntValidator ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
-
        
-Constructs a validator called name with parent parent, that
-accepts integers from minimum to maximum inclusive.
-
-
        TQIntValidator::~TQIntValidator ()
-
        
-Destroys the validator, freeing any resources allocated.
-
-
        int TQIntValidator::bottom () const
-
        Returns the validator's lowest acceptable value.
-See the "bottom" property for details.
-
        void TQIntValidator::setBottom ( int )
-
        Sets the validator's lowest acceptable value.
-See the "bottom" property for details.
-
        void TQIntValidator::setRange ( int bottom, int top ) [virtual]
-
        
-Sets the range of the validator to only accept integers between bottom and top inclusive.
-
-
        void TQIntValidator::setTop ( int )
-
        Sets the validator's highest acceptable value.
-See the "top" property for details.
-
        int TQIntValidator::top () const
-
        Returns the validator's highest acceptable value.
-See the "top" property for details.
-
        TQValidator::State TQIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const [virtual]
-
        
-Returns Acceptable if the input is an integer within the
-valid range, Intermediate if the input is an integer outside
-the valid range and Invalid if the input is not an integer.
-
         Note: If the valid range consists of just positive integers (e.g. 32 - 100)
-and input is a negative integer then Invalid is returned.
-
         
        -    int pos = 0;
-    s = "abc";
-    v.validate( s, pos ); // returns Invalid
-
-    s = "5";
-    v.validate( s, pos ); // returns Intermediate
-
-    s = "50";
-    v.validate( s, pos ); // returns Valid
-    
        
- 
-
-
        Reimplemented from TQValidator.
-
        Property Documentation
        
-
        int bottom
        
-
        This property holds the validator's lowest acceptable value.
-
        Set this property's value with setBottom() and get this property's value with bottom().
-
        See also setRange().
-
-
        int top
        
-
        This property holds the validator's highest acceptable value.
-
        Set this property's value with setTop() and get this property's value with top().
-
        See also setRange().
-
-
-
        
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qkeyevent-members.html b/doc/html/qkeyevent-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ae025a14..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qkeyevent-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQKeyEvent Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        Complete Member List for TQKeyEvent
        
-
-
        This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQKeyEvent, including inherited members.
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qkeyevent.html b/doc/html/qkeyevent.html
deleted file mode 100644
index cf0111fbc..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qkeyevent.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQKeyEvent Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        TQKeyEvent Class Reference
        
-
-
        The TQKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
-More...
-
        #include <tqevent.h>
-
        Inherits TQEvent.
-
        List of all member functions.
-
        Public Members
        
-
-
        Detailed Description
        
-
-
-The TQKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
-
         
-
         Key events occur when a key is pressed or released when a widget
-has keyboard input focus.
-
         A key event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the
-receiver wants the key event.  You should call TQKeyEvent::ignore() if the
-key press or release event is not handled by your widget. A key event is
-propagated up the parent widget chain until a widget accepts it with
-TQKeyEvent::accept() or an event filter consumes it.
-Key events for multi media keys are ignored by default. You should call
-TQKeyEvent::accept() if your widget handles those events.
-
         The TQWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable
-mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
-
         The event handlers TQWidget::keyPressEvent() and
-TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent() receive key events.
-
         
        See also TQFocusEvent, TQWidget::grabKeyboard(), and Event Classes.
-
-
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQKeyEvent::TQKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )
-
        
-
-
         Constructs a key event object.
-
         The type parameter must be TQEvent::KeyPress or TQEvent::KeyRelease. If key is 0 the event is not a result of a
-known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose sequence or
-keyboard macro). ascii is the ASCII code of the key that was
-pressed or released. state holds the keyboard modifiers. text is the Unicode text that the key generated. If autorep is
-TRUE, isAutoRepeat() will be TRUE. count is the number of
-single keys.
-
         The accept flag is set to TRUE.
-
-
        void TQKeyEvent::accept ()
-
        
-
-
         Sets the accept flag of the key event object.
-
         Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
-event wants the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the
-parent widget.
-
         The accept flag is set by default.
-
         
        See also ignore().
-
-
        int TQKeyEvent::ascii () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the ASCII code of the key that was pressed or released. We
-recommend using text() instead.
-
         
        See also text().
-
-
        Example: picture/picture.cpp.
-
        int TQKeyEvent::count () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the number of single keys for this event. If text() is not
-empty, this is simply the length of the string.
-
         
        See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
-
-
        void TQKeyEvent::ignore ()
-
        
-
-
         Clears the accept flag parameter of the key event object.
-
         Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
-does not want the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the
-parent widget.
-
         The accept flag is set by default.
-
         
        See also accept().
-
-
        bool TQKeyEvent::isAccepted () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event wants to keep the key;
-otherwise returns FALSE
-
-
        bool TQKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns TRUE if this event comes from an auto-repeating key and
-FALSE if it comes from an initial key press.
-
         Note that if the event is a multiple-key compressed event that is
-partly due to auto-repeat, this function could return either TRUE
-or FALSE indeterminately.
-
-
        int TQKeyEvent::key () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the code of the key that was pressed or released.
-
         See TQt::Key for the list of keyboard codes. These codes are
-independent of the underlying window system.
-
         A value of either 0 or Key_unknown means that the event is not
-the result of a known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose
-sequence or a keyboard macro, or due to key event compression).
-
         
        See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
-
-
        Example: fileiconview/tqfileiconview.cpp.
-
        ButtonState TQKeyEvent::state () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately
-before the event occurred.
-
         The returned value is ShiftButton, ControlButton, AltButton
-and MetaButton OR'ed together.
-
         
        See also stateAfter().
-
-
        Example: fileiconview/tqfileiconview.cpp.
-
        ButtonState TQKeyEvent::stateAfter () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately after
-the event occurred.
-
         Warning: This function cannot be trusted.
-
         
        See also state().
-
-
        TQString TQKeyEvent::text () const
-
        
-
-
         Returns the Unicode text that this key generated. The text returned
-migth be empty, which is the case when pressing or
-releasing modifying keys as Shift, Control, Alt and Meta. In these
-cases key() will contain a valid value.
-
         
        See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
-
-
-
        
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html b/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 09b121e1c..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-ntqkeysequence.h Include File
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        ntqkeysequence.h
        
-
-
        This is the verbatim text of the ntqkeysequence.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
-
        
-
        -/****************************************************************************
-** $Id: qt/ntqkeysequence.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
-**
-** Definition of TQKeySequence class
-**
-** Created : 0108007
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
-** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
-** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
-** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQKEYSEQUENCE_H
-#define TQKEYSEQUENCE_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqnamespace.h"
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQKeySequence stream functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-class TQKeySequence;
-TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQKeySequence & );
-TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQKeySequence & );
-#endif
-
-class TQKeySequencePrivate;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQKeySequence : public TQt
-{
-public:
-    TQKeySequence();
-    TQKeySequence( const TQString& key );
-    TQKeySequence( int key );
-    TQKeySequence( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 );
-    TQKeySequence( const TQKeySequence & );
-    ~TQKeySequence();
-
-    uint count() const;
-    bool isEmpty() const;
-    TQt::SequenceMatch matches( const TQKeySequence & ) const;
-
-    operator TQString() const;
-    operator int () const;
-    int operator[]( uint ) const;
-    TQKeySequence &operator=( const TQKeySequence & );
-    bool operator==( const TQKeySequence& ) const;
-    bool operator!= ( const TQKeySequence& ) const;
-
-private:
-    static int decodeString( const TQString & );
-    static TQString encodeString( int );
-    int assign( TQString );
-    void setKey( int key, int index );
-
-    TQKeySequencePrivate* d;
-
-    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQKeySequence & );
-    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQKeySequence & );
-    friend class TQAccelManager;
-};
-
-#else
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQKeySequence : public TQt
-{
-public:
-    TQKeySequence() {}
-    TQKeySequence( int ) {}
-};
-
-#endif //TQT_NO_ACCEL
-
-#endif
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qkeysequence-members.html b/doc/html/qkeysequence-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 4656950ba..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qkeysequence-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQKeySequence Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        Complete Member List for TQKeySequence
        
-
-
        This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQKeySequence, including inherited members.
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html b/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 7517b37af..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-ntqlibrary.h Include File
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        ntqlibrary.h
        
-
-
        This is the verbatim text of the ntqlibrary.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
-
        
-
        -/****************************************************************************
-** $Id: qt/ntqlibrary.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:46 $
-**
-** Definition of TQLibrary class
-**
-** Created : 000101
-**
-** Copyright (C) 2000-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
-** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
-** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
-** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQLIBRARY_H
-#define TQLIBRARY_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "tqstring.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_LIBRARY
-
-class TQLibraryPrivate;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQLibrary
-{
-public:
-    TQLibrary( const TQString& filename );
-    virtual ~TQLibrary();
-
-    void *resolve( const char* );
-    static void *resolve( const TQString &filename, const char * );
-
-    bool load();
-    virtual bool unload();
-    bool isLoaded() const;
-
-    bool autoUnload() const;
-    void setAutoUnload( bool enable );
-
-    TQString library() const;
-
-private:
-    TQLibraryPrivate *d;
-
-    TQString libfile;
-    uint aunload : 1;
-
-private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQLibrary( const TQLibrary & );
-    TQLibrary &operator=( const TQLibrary & );
-#endif
-};
-
-#define Q_DEFINED_QLIBRARY
-#include "ntqwinexport.h"
-#endif //TQT_NO_LIBRARY
-#endif //TQLIBRARY_H
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qlibrary-members.html b/doc/html/qlibrary-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index e63540ec6..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qlibrary-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQLibrary Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
        
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
        Complete Member List for TQLibrary
        
-
-
        This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQLibrary, including inherited members.
-
-
        
-
-
        
-
-
        Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
        TQt 3.3.8
        
-
        
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html b/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html
index 97092f87c..d1ac1e763 100644
--- a/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ public:
     };
 #endif
 
-    // documented in qkeysequence.cpp
+    // documented in tqkeysequence.cpp
     enum SequenceMatch {
 	NoMatch,
 	PartialMatch,
diff --git a/doc/html/qt.dcf b/doc/html/qt.dcf
index c4079ee68..b80661c85 100644
--- a/doc/html/qt.dcf
+++ b/doc/html/qt.dcf
@@ -3532,33 +3532,33 @@
     
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QIMEvent
-    accept
-    cursorPos
-    ignore
-    isAccepted
-    selectionLength
-    text
-    
        
+
        
+    TQIMEvent
+    accept
+    cursorPos
+    ignore
+    isAccepted
+    selectionLength
+    text
+    
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QInputDialog
-    Type
-    comboBox
-    editableComboBox
-    getDouble
-    getInteger
-    getItem
-    getText
-    lineEdit
-    setType
-    spinBox
-    type
-    ~QInputDialog
-    
        
-    
        
+
        
+    TQInputDialog
+    Type
+    comboBox
+    editableComboBox
+    getDouble
+    getInteger
+    getItem
+    getText
+    lineEdit
+    setType
+    spinBox
+    type
+    ~TQInputDialog
+    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     TQIntCache
@@ -3635,18 +3635,18 @@
     
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QIntValidator
-    bottom
-    bottom
-    setBottom
-    setRange
-    setTop
-    top
-    top
-    validate
-    ~QIntValidator
-    
        
+
        
+    TQIntValidator
+    bottom
+    bottom
+    setBottom
+    setRange
+    setTop
+    top
+    top
+    validate
+    ~TQIntValidator
+    
        
     
        
 
        
 
        
@@ -3709,39 +3709,39 @@
     
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QKeyEvent
-    accept
-    ascii
-    count
-    ignore
-    isAccepted
-    isAutoRepeat
-    key
-    state
-    stateAfter
-    text
-    
        
+
        
+    TQKeyEvent
+    accept
+    ascii
+    count
+    ignore
+    isAccepted
+    isAutoRepeat
+    key
+    state
+    stateAfter
+    text
+    
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QKeySequence
-    assign
-    count
-    decodeString
-    encodeString
-    isEmpty
-    matches
-    operator TQString
-    operator!=
-    operator=
-    operator==
-    operator[]
-    ~QKeySequence
-    operator<<
-    operator>>
-    
        
-    
        
+
        
+    TQKeySequence
+    assign
+    count
+    decodeString
+    encodeString
+    isEmpty
+    matches
+    operator TQString
+    operator!=
+    operator=
+    operator==
+    operator[]
+    ~TQKeySequence
+    operator<<
+    operator>>
+    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     TQLabel
@@ -3886,18 +3886,18 @@
     
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QLibrary
-    autoUnload
-    isLoaded
-    library
-    load
-    resolve
-    setAutoUnload
-    unload
-    ~QLibrary
-    
        
-    
        
+
        
+    TQLibrary
+    autoUnload
+    isLoaded
+    library
+    load
+    resolve
+    setAutoUnload
+    unload
+    ~TQLibrary
+    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     TQLineEdit
diff --git a/doc/html/titleindex b/doc/html/titleindex
index de487d19e..152f745f2 100644
--- a/doc/html/titleindex
+++ b/doc/html/titleindex
@@ -445,8 +445,8 @@ TQHttpRequestHeader Class | tqhttprequestheader.html
 TQHttpRequestHeader Member List | tqhttprequestheader-members.html
 TQHttpResponseHeader Class | tqhttpresponseheader.html
 TQHttpResponseHeader Member List | tqhttpresponseheader-members.html
-QIMEvent Class | qimevent.html
-QIMEvent Member List | qimevent-members.html
+TQIMEvent Class | tqimevent.html
+TQIMEvent Member List | tqimevent-members.html
 TQIODevice Class | tqiodevice.html
 TQIODevice Member List | tqiodevice-members.html
 TQIODeviceSource Class | tqiodevicesource.html
@@ -481,8 +481,8 @@ TQImageFormatType Class | tqimageformattype.html
 TQImageFormatType Member List | tqimageformattype-members.html
 TQImageIO Class | tqimageio.html
 TQImageIO Member List | tqimageio-members.html
-QInputDialog Class | ntqinputdialog.html
-QInputDialog Member List | qinputdialog-members.html
+TQInputDialog Class | tqinputdialog.html
+TQInputDialog Member List | tqinputdialog-members.html
 TQIntCache Class | tqintcache.html
 TQIntCache Member List | tqintcache-members.html
 TQIntCacheIterator Class | tqintcacheiterator.html
@@ -491,14 +491,14 @@ TQIntDict Class | tqintdict.html
 TQIntDict Member List | tqintdict-members.html
 TQIntDictIterator Class | tqintdictiterator.html
 TQIntDictIterator Member List | tqintdictiterator-members.html
-QIntValidator Class | qintvalidator.html
-QIntValidator Member List | qintvalidator-members.html
+TQIntValidator Class | tqintvalidator.html
+TQIntValidator Member List | tqintvalidator-members.html
 TQJisCodec Class | tqjiscodec.html
 TQJisCodec Member List | tqjiscodec-members.html
-QKeyEvent Class | qkeyevent.html
-QKeyEvent Member List | qkeyevent-members.html
-QKeySequence Class | ntqkeysequence.html
-QKeySequence Member List | qkeysequence-members.html
+TQKeyEvent Class | tqkeyevent.html
+TQKeyEvent Member List | tqkeyevent-members.html
+TQKeySequence Class | tqkeysequence.html
+TQKeySequence Member List | tqkeysequence-members.html
 TQLCDNumber Class | tqlcdnumber.html
 TQLCDNumber Member List | tqlcdnumber-members.html
 TQLabel Class | tqlabel.html
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ TQLayoutItem Class | tqlayoutitem.html
 TQLayoutItem Member List | tqlayoutitem-members.html
 TQLayoutIterator Class | tqlayoutiterator.html
 TQLayoutIterator Member List | tqlayoutiterator-members.html
-QLibrary Class | ntqlibrary.html
-QLibrary Member List | qlibrary-members.html
+TQLibrary Class | tqlibrary.html
+TQLibrary Member List | tqlibrary-members.html
 TQLineEdit Class | tqlineedit.html
 TQLineEdit Member List | tqlineedit-members.html
 TQListBox Class | tqlistbox.html
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ tqiconset.h Include File | tqiconset-h.html
 tqiconview.h Include File | tqiconview-h.html
 tqimage.h Include File | tqimage-h.html
 tqimageformatplugin.h Include File | tqimageformatplugin-h.html
-ntqinputdialog.h Include File | qinputdialog-h.html
+tqinputdialog.h Include File | tqinputdialog-h.html
 tqintcache.h Include File | tqintcache-h.html
 tqintdict.h Include File | tqintdict-h.html
 tqiodevice.h Include File | tqiodevice-h.html
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ tqjiscodec.h Include File | tqjiscodec-h.html
 tqlabel.h Include File | tqlabel-h.html
 tqlayout.h Include File | tqlayout-h.html
 tqlcdnumber.h Include File | tqlcdnumber-h.html
-ntqlibrary.h Include File | qlibrary-h.html
+tqlibrary.h Include File | tqlibrary-h.html
 tqlineedit.h Include File | tqlineedit-h.html
 tqlistbox.h Include File | tqlistbox-h.html
 tqlistview.h Include File | tqlistview-h.html
diff --git a/doc/html/tqaccel-h.html b/doc/html/tqaccel-h.html
index fab995c68..edbbd90c3 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqaccel-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqaccel-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
-#include "ntqkeysequence.h"
+#include "tqkeysequence.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
diff --git a/doc/html/tqaccel.html b/doc/html/tqaccel.html
index e2ff8a9c5..654202689 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqaccel.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqaccel.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Example:
 
         A TQAccel contains a list of accelerator items that can be
 manipulated using insertItem(), removeItem(), clear(), key() and
 findKey().
-
         Each accelerator item consists of an identifier and a TQKeySequence. A single key sequence consists of a keyboard code
+
         Each accelerator item consists of an identifier and a TQKeySequence. A single key sequence consists of a keyboard code
 combined with modifiers (SHIFT, CTRL, ALT or UNICODE_ACCEL). For example, CTRL + Key_P could be a shortcut
 for printing a document. The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative, use UNICODE_ACCEL with the
 unicode code point of the character. For example, UNICODE_ACCEL + 'A' gives the same accelerator as Key_A.
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ combination.
                         TQ_SLOT(printDoc()) );        // printDoc() slot
     
  
-
         
        See also TQKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), TQKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
         
        See also TQKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), TQKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
 
        TQAccel::TQAccel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
@@ -206,12 +206,12 @@ called member in the receiver object.
 
         This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 serves no purpose anymore 
 
        Reimplemented from TQObject.
-
        int TQAccel::findKey ( const TQKeySequence & key ) const
+
        int TQAccel::findKey ( const TQKeySequence & key ) const
 
        
 Returns the identifier of the accelerator item with the key code
 key, or -1 if the item cannot be found.
 
-
        int TQAccel::insertItem ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )
+
        int TQAccel::insertItem ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )
 
        
 Inserts an accelerator item and returns the item's identifier.
 
         key is a key code and an optional combination of SHIFT, CTRL
@@ -241,17 +241,17 @@ Returns TRUE if the accelerator item with the identifier id is
 enabled. Returns FALSE if the item is disabled or cannot be found.
 
         
        See also setItemEnabled() and isEnabled().
 
-
        TQKeySequence TQAccel::key ( int id )
+
        TQKeySequence TQAccel::key ( int id )
 
        
 Returns the key sequence of the accelerator item with identifier
 id, or an invalid key sequence (0) if the id cannot be found.
 
-
        TQString TQAccel::keyToString ( TQKeySequence k ) [static]
+
        TQString TQAccel::keyToString ( TQKeySequence k ) [static]
 
         This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
         Creates an accelerator string for the key k.
 For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The "Ctrl" etc.
 are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" context.
-
         The function is superfluous. Cast the TQKeySequence k to a
+
         The function is superfluous. Cast the TQKeySequence k to a
 TQString for the same effect.
 
 
        void TQAccel::removeItem ( int id )
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ and the user hits the accelerator key.
 accelerator key), use TQMenuData::setWhatsThis().
 
         
        See also whatsThis(), TQWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode(), TQMenuData::setWhatsThis(), and TQAction::whatsThis.
 
-
        TQKeySequence TQAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str ) [static]
+
        TQKeySequence TQAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str ) [static]
 
        
 Returns the shortcut key sequence for str, or an invalid key
 sequence (0) if str has no shortcut sequence.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ you must write e.g. TQt::ALT+TQt::Key_Q.)
 Group do not appear to have issued equivalent recommendations for
 other languages.
 
-
        TQKeySequence TQAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s ) [static]
+
        TQKeySequence TQAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s ) [static]
 
        This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
         Returns an accelerator code for the string s. For example
 "Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ translations:
  
 
         Notice the "File|Open" translator comment. It is by no means
 necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
-
         The function is superfluous. Construct a TQKeySequence from the
+
         The function is superfluous. Construct a TQKeySequence from the
 string s for the same effect.
 
         
        See also TQObject::tr() and Internationalization with TQt.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqaction-h.html b/doc/html/tqaction-h.html
index 6eaee2121..e710615bd 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqaction-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqaction-h.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "tqiconset.h"
 #include "tqstring.h"
-#include "ntqkeysequence.h"
+#include "tqkeysequence.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_ACTION
diff --git a/doc/html/tqaction.html b/doc/html/tqaction.html
index 36fb6b776..84ee7c010 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqaction.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqaction.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 
         Warning: To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child
 of a widget that the action is later added to.
 
-
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 This constructor results in an icon-less action with the the menu
 text menuText and keyboard accelerator accel. It is a child
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ these using setToolTip() and s
 
         Warning: To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child
 of a widget that the action is later added to.
 
-
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 This constructor creates an action with the following properties:
 the icon or iconset icon, the menu text menuText and
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ these using setToolTip() and s
 
         Warning: To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child
 of a widget that the action is later added to.
 
-
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
+
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
 
         This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
         This constructor creates an action with the following properties:
 the description text, the icon or iconset icon, the menu
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 tips unless you provide specific text for these using setToolTip()
 and setStatusTip().
 
-
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
+
        TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
 
         This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
         This constructor results in an icon-less action with the
 description text, the menu text menuText and the keyboard
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 
 Destroys the object and frees allocated resources.
 
-
        TQKeySequence TQAction::accel () const
+
        TQKeySequence TQAction::accel () const
 
        Returns the action's accelerator key.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
        void TQAction::activate () [slot]
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Removes the action from widget w.
 returns FALSE.
 
         
        See also addTo().
 
-
        void TQAction::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key ) [virtual]
+
        void TQAction::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key ) [virtual]
 
        Sets the action's accelerator key to key.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
        void TQAction::setDisabled ( bool disable ) [slot]
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ See the "toolTip" property for details.
 
        Returns the action's "What's This?" help text.
 See the "whatsThis" property for details.
 
        Property Documentation
        
-
        TQKeySequence accel
        
+
        TQKeySequence accel
        
 
        This property holds the action's accelerator key.
 
        The keycodes can be found in TQt::Key and TQt::Modifier. There
 is no default accelerator key.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqbutton-h.html b/doc/html/tqbutton-h.html
index a3c781024..d314abcca 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqbutton-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqbutton-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "ntqkeysequence.h"
+#include "tqkeysequence.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_BUTTON
diff --git a/doc/html/tqbutton.html b/doc/html/tqbutton.html
index 0280a4b22..daea69e71 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqbutton.html
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ using the widget flags f.
 
 Destroys the button.
 
-
        TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
+
        TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
 
        Returns the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
        void TQButton::animateClick () [slot]
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ See the "pixmap" property for details.
 
         This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 
         
        See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
 
-
        void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
+
        void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
 
        Sets the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
        void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool ) [virtual]
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ or because setOn() was called.
 
 
        Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 
        Property Documentation
        
-
        TQKeySequence accel
        
+
        TQKeySequence accel
        
 
        This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 
        This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this
 property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqcanvas.html b/doc/html/tqcanvas.html
index 364642e00..35dc0dab5 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqcanvas.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqcanvas.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ at such extremes).
 
         
      •  Two or more TQCanvasView objects can view the same canvas.
 
         
      •  An arbitrary transformation matrix can be set on each TQCanvasView
 which makes it easy to zoom, rotate or shear the viewed canvas.
-
         
      •  Widgets provide a lot more functionality, such as input (TQKeyEvent,
+
         
      •  Widgets provide a lot more functionality, such as input (TQKeyEvent,
 TQMouseEvent etc.) and layout management (TQGridLayout etc.).
 
         
      
 
       A canvas consists of a background, a number of canvas items organized by
diff --git a/doc/html/tqcheckbox.html b/doc/html/tqcheckbox.html
index d6ae011a8..1c1ef5a8c 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqcheckbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqcheckbox.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Constructs a checkbox with text text.
 
       The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
+
      TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
 
      Returns the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
      bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ See the "pixmap" property for details.
 
       This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 
       
      See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
 
-
      void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
+
      void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
      void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool ) [virtual]
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ or because setOn() was called.
 
 
      Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 
      Property Documentation
      
-
      TQKeySequence accel
      
+
      TQKeySequence accel
      
 
      This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 
      This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this
 property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdialog.html b/doc/html/tqdialog.html
index 05cb2fbc5..050fe8bb1 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdialog.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 More...
 
      #include <tqdialog.h>
 
      Inherits TQWidget.
-
      Inherited by TQColorDialog, TQErrorMessage, TQFileDialog, TQFontDialog, TQInputDialog, TQMessageBox, TQMotifDialog, TQProgressDialog, TQTabDialog, and TQWizard.
+
      Inherited by TQColorDialog, TQErrorMessage, TQFileDialog, TQFontDialog, TQInputDialog, TQMessageBox, TQMotifDialog, TQProgressDialog, TQTabDialog, and TQWizard.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
diff --git a/doc/html/tqevent.html b/doc/html/tqevent.html
index 360e8e76b..f0513e1ce 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqevent.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqevent.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ event classes. Event objects contain event parameters.
 More...
 
        #include <tqevent.h>
 
        Inherits TQt.
-
        Inherited by TQTimerEvent, TQMouseEvent, TQWheelEvent, TQTabletEvent, TQKeyEvent, TQFocusEvent, TQPaintEvent, TQMoveEvent, TQResizeEvent, TQCloseEvent, TQIconDragEvent, TQShowEvent, TQHideEvent, TQContextMenuEvent, TQIMEvent, TQDropEvent, TQDragLeaveEvent, TQChildEvent, and TQCustomEvent.
+
        Inherited by TQTimerEvent, TQMouseEvent, TQWheelEvent, TQTabletEvent, TQKeyEvent, TQFocusEvent, TQPaintEvent, TQMoveEvent, TQResizeEvent, TQCloseEvent, TQIconDragEvent, TQShowEvent, TQHideEvent, TQContextMenuEvent, TQIMEvent, TQDropEvent, TQDragLeaveEvent, TQChildEvent, and TQCustomEvent.
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ types and the specialized classes for each type are these:
 
        • TQEvent::MouseButtonRelease - Mouse release, TQMouseEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::MouseButtonDblClick - Mouse press again, TQMouseEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::MouseMove - Mouse move, TQMouseEvent.
-
        • TQEvent::KeyPress - Key press (including Shift, for example), TQKeyEvent.
-
        • TQEvent::KeyRelease - Key release, TQKeyEvent.
-
        • TQEvent::IMStart - The start of input method composition, TQIMEvent.
-
        • TQEvent::IMCompose - Input method composition is taking place, TQIMEvent.
-
        • TQEvent::IMEnd - The end of input method composition, TQIMEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::KeyPress - Key press (including Shift, for example), TQKeyEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::KeyRelease - Key release, TQKeyEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::IMStart - The start of input method composition, TQIMEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::IMCompose - Input method composition is taking place, TQIMEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::IMEnd - The end of input method composition, TQIMEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::FocusIn - Widget gains keyboard focus, TQFocusEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::FocusOut - Widget loses keyboard focus, TQFocusEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::Enter - Mouse enters widget's boundaries.
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ types and the specialized classes for each type are these:
 
        • TQEvent::ShowWindowRequest - Widget's window should be shown (obsolete).
 
        • TQEvent::DeferredDelete - The object will be deleted after it has
 cleaned up.
-
        • TQEvent::Accel - Key press in child for shortcut key handling, TQKeyEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::Accel - Key press in child for shortcut key handling, TQKeyEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::Wheel - Mouse wheel rolled, TQWheelEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::ContextMenu - Context popup menu, TQContextMenuEvent
-
        • TQEvent::AccelOverride - Key press in child, for overriding shortcut key handling, TQKeyEvent.
+
        • TQEvent::AccelOverride - Key press in child, for overriding shortcut key handling, TQKeyEvent.
 
        • TQEvent::AccelAvailable - internal.
 
        • TQEvent::WindowActivate - Window was activated.
 
        • TQEvent::WindowDeactivate - Window was deactivated.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimevent-members.html b/doc/html/tqimevent-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ab2d5875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqimevent-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQIMEvent Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          Complete Member List for TQIMEvent
          
+
+
          This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQIMEvent, including inherited members.
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimevent.html b/doc/html/tqimevent.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..743bcdfb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqimevent.html
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQIMEvent Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          TQIMEvent Class Reference
          
+
+
          The TQIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
+More...
+
          #include <tqevent.h>
+
          Inherits TQEvent.
+
          List of all member functions.
+
          Public Members
          
+
+
          Detailed Description
          
+
+
+The TQIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
+
           
+
           Input method events are sent to widgets when an input method is
+used to enter text into a widget. Input methods are widely used to
+enter text in Asian and other complex languages.
+
           The events are of interest to widgets that accept keyboard input
+and want to be able to correctly handle complex languages. Text
+input in such languages is usually a three step process.
+
           
            
+
          1.  Starting to Compose
            
+When the user presses the first key on a keyboard an input context
+is created. This input context will contain a string with the
+typed characters.
+
             
          2.  Composing
            
+With every new key pressed, the input method will try to create a
+matching string for the text typed so far. While the input context
+is active, the user can only move the cursor inside the string
+belonging to this input context.
+
             
          3.  Completing
            
+At some point, e.g. when the user presses the Spacebar, they get
+to this stage, where they can choose from a number of strings that
+match the text they have typed so far. The user can press Enter to
+confirm their choice or Escape to cancel the input; in either case
+the input context will be closed.
+
          
+
           Note that the particular key presses used for a given input
+context may differ from those we've mentioned here, i.e. they may
+not be Spacebar, Enter and Escape.
+
           These three stages are represented by three different types of
+events. The IMStartEvent, IMComposeEvent and IMEndEvent. When a
+new input context is created, an IMStartEvent will be sent to the
+widget and delivered to the TQWidget::imStartEvent() function.
+The widget can then update internal data structures to reflect
+this.
+
           After this, an IMComposeEvent will be sent to the widget for
+every key the user presses. It will contain the current
+composition string the widget has to show and the current cursor
+position within the composition string. This string is temporary
+and can change with every key the user types, so the widget will
+need to store the state before the composition started (the state
+it had when it received the IMStartEvent). IMComposeEvents will be
+delivered to the TQWidget::imComposeEvent() function.
+
           Usually, widgets try to mark the part of the text that is part of
+the current composition in a way that is visible to the user. A
+commonly used visual cue is to use a dotted underline.
+
           After the user has selected the final string, an IMEndEvent will
+be sent to the widget. The event contains the final string the
+user selected, and could be empty if they canceled the
+composition. This string should be accepted as the final text the
+user entered, and the intermediate composition string should be
+cleared. These events are delivered to TQWidget::imEndEvent().
+
           If the user clicks another widget, taking the focus out of the
+widget where the composition is taking place the IMEndEvent will
+be sent and the string it holds will be the result of the
+composition up to that point (which may be an empty string).
+
          See also Event Classes.
+
+
          Member Function Documentation
          
+
          TQIMEvent::TQIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )
+
          
+
+
           Constructs a new TQIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. type can be one of TQEvent::IMStartEvent, TQEvent::IMComposeEvent
+or TQEvent::IMEndEvent. text contains the current compostion
+string and cursorPosition the current position of the cursor
+inside text.
+
+
          void TQIMEvent::accept ()
+
          
+
+
           Sets the accept flag of the input method event object.
+
           Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
+event processed the input method event.
+
           The accept flag is not set by default.
+
           
          See also ignore().
+
+
          int TQIMEvent::cursorPos () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the current cursor position inside the composition string.
+Will return -1 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
+
+
          void TQIMEvent::ignore ()
+
          
+
+
           Clears the accept flag parameter of the input method event object.
+
           Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+does not want the input method event.
+
           The accept flag is cleared by default.
+
           
          See also accept().
+
+
          bool TQIMEvent::isAccepted () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event processed the event;
+otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+
          int TQIMEvent::selectionLength () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the number of characters in the composition string (
+starting at cursorPos() ) that should be marked as selected by the
+input widget receiving the event.
+Will return 0 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
+
+
          const TQString & TQIMEvent::text () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the composition text. This is a null string for an
+IMStartEvent, and contains the final accepted string (which may be
+empty) in the IMEndEvent.
+
+
+
          
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqinputdialog-h.html b/doc/html/tqinputdialog-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7ff3f8d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqinputdialog-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+tqinputdialog.h Include File
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          tqinputdialog.h
          
+
+
          This is the verbatim text of the tqinputdialog.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
+
          
+
          +/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qt/tqinputdialog.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:37 $
+**
+** Definition of TQInputDialog class
+**
+** Created : 991212
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the dialogs module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
+** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
+** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
+** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQINPUTDIALOG_H
+#define TQINPUTDIALOG_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqdialog.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqlineedit.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG
+
+class TQSpinBox;
+class TQComboBox;
+class TQInputDialogPrivate;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQInputDialog : public TQDialog
+{
+    TQ_OBJECT
+
+private:
+    enum Type { LineEdit, SpinBox, ComboBox, EditableComboBox };
+
+    TQInputDialog( const TQString &label, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0,
+		 bool modal = TRUE, Type type = LineEdit ); //### 4.0: widget flag!
+    ~TQInputDialog();
+
+    TQLineEdit *lineEdit() const;
+    TQSpinBox *spinBox() const;
+    TQComboBox *comboBox() const;
+    TQComboBox *editableComboBox() const;
+
+    void setType( Type t );
+    Type type() const;
+
+public:
+    //### 4.0: widget flag!
+    static TQString getText( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode echo = TQLineEdit::Normal,
+			    const TQString &text = TQString::null, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    static int getInteger( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647,
+			   int maxValue = 2147483647,
+			   int step = 1, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    static double getDouble( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, double value = 0,
+			     double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647,
+			     int decimals = 1, bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    static TQString getItem( const TQString &caption, const TQString &label, const TQStringList &list,
+			    int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE,
+			    bool *ok = 0, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+
+private slots:
+    void textChanged( const TQString &s );
+    void tryAccept();
+
+private:
+    TQInputDialogPrivate *d;
+    friend class TQInputDialogPrivate; /* to avoid 'has no friends' warnings... */
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQInputDialog( const TQInputDialog & );
+    TQInputDialog &operator=( const TQInputDialog & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_INPUTDIALOG
+
+#endif // TQINPUTDIALOG_H
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqinputdialog-members.html b/doc/html/tqinputdialog-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f365dbd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqinputdialog-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQInputDialog Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          Complete Member List for TQInputDialog
          
+
+
          This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQInputDialog, including inherited members.
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqinputdialog.html b/doc/html/tqinputdialog.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dece001d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqinputdialog.html
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQInputDialog Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          TQInputDialog Class Reference
          
+
+
          The TQInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user.
+More...
+
          #include <tqinputdialog.h>
+
          Inherits TQDialog.
+
          List of all member functions.
+
          Static Public Members
          
+
            
+
          • TQString getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
            • 
+
          • int getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
            • 
+
          • double getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
            • 
+
          • TQString getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
            • 
+
          
+
          Detailed Description
          
+
+
+The TQInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user.
+
+
+
           The input value can be a string, a number or an item from a list. A
+label must be set to tell the user what they should enter.
+
           Four static convenience functions are provided:
+getText(), getInteger(), getDouble() and getItem(). All the
+functions can be used in a similar way, for example:
+
          +    bool ok;
+    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
+            "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
+            TQString::null, &ok, this );
+    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
+        // user entered something and pressed OK
+    } else {
+        // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
           
          Input Dialogs
           
          See also Dialog Classes.
+
+
          Member Function Documentation
          
+
          double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
          
+Static convenience function to get a floating point number from
+the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
+bar of the dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user
+(it should say what should be entered). value is the default
+floating point number that the line edit will be set to. minValue and maxValue are the minimum and maximum values the
+user may choose, and decimals is the maximum number of decimal
+places the number may have.
+
           If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the user
+pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's
+parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The dialog will
+be modal.
+
           This function returns the floating point number which has been
+entered by the user.
+
           Use this static function like this:
+
           
          +    bool ok;
+    double res = TQInputDialog::getDouble(
+            "MyApp 3000", "Enter a decimal number:", 33.7, 0,
+            1000, 2, &ok, this );
+    if ( ok ) {
+        // user entered something and pressed OK
+    } else {
+        // user pressed Cancel
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
+
          int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
          
+Static convenience function to get an integer input from the
+user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar
+of the dialog.  label is the text which is shown to the user
+(it should say what should be entered). value is the default
+integer which the spinbox will be set to.  minValue and maxValue are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose,
+and step is the amount by which the values change as the user
+presses the arrow buttons to increment or decrement the value.
+
           If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the user
+pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's
+parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The dialog will
+be modal.
+
           This function returns the integer which has been entered by the user.
+
           Use this static function like this:
+
           
          +    bool ok;
+    int res = TQInputDialog::getInteger(
+            "MyApp 3000", "Enter a number:", 22, 0, 1000, 2,
+            &ok, this );
+    if ( ok ) {
+        // user entered something and pressed OK
+    } else {
+        // user pressed Cancel
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
+
          TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
          
+Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a
+string list. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
+bar of the dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user (it
+should say what should be entered). list is the
+string list which is inserted into the combobox, and current is the number
+of the item which should be the current item. If editable is TRUE
+the user can enter their own text; if editable is FALSE the user
+may only select one of the existing items.
+
           If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the user
+pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's
+parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The dialog will
+be modal.
+
           This function returns the text of the current item, or if editable is TRUE, the current text of the combobox.
+
           Use this static function like this:
+
           
          +    TQStringList lst;
+    lst << "First" << "Second" << "Third" << "Fourth" << "Fifth";
+    bool ok;
+    TQString res = TQInputDialog::getItem(
+            "MyApp 3000", "Select an item:", lst, 1, TRUE, &ok,
+            this );
+    if ( ok ) {
+        // user selected an item and pressed OK
+    } else {
+        // user pressed Cancel
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
+
          TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
          
+Static convenience function to get a string from the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the
+dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user (it should
+say what should be entered). text is the default text which is
+placed in the line edit. The mode is the echo mode the line edit
+will use. If ok is not-null *ok will be set to TRUE if the
+user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The
+dialog's parent is parent; the dialog is called name. The
+dialog will be modal.
+
           This function returns the text which has been entered in the line
+edit. It will not return an empty string.
+
           Use this static function like this:
+
           
          +    bool ok;
+    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
+            "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
+            TQString::null, &ok, this );
+    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
+        // user entered something and pressed OK
+    } else {
+        // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
+
+
          
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqintvalidator-members.html b/doc/html/tqintvalidator-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..612e95831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqintvalidator-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQIntValidator Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          Complete Member List for TQIntValidator
          
+
+
          This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQIntValidator, including inherited members.
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqintvalidator.html b/doc/html/tqintvalidator.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2f324a53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqintvalidator.html
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQIntValidator Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          TQIntValidator Class Reference
          
+
+
          The TQIntValidator class provides a validator which ensures
+that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
+More...
+
          #include <tqvalidator.h>
+
          Inherits TQValidator.
+
          List of all member functions.
+
          Public Members
          
+
+
          Properties
          
+
            
+
          • int bottom - the validator's lowest acceptable value
            • 
+
          • int top - the validator's highest acceptable value
            • 
+
          
+
          Detailed Description
          
+
+
+The TQIntValidator class provides a validator which ensures
+that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
+
           
+
           Example of use:
+
           
          +    TQValidator* validator = new TQIntValidator( 100, 999, this );
+    TQLineEdit* edit = new TQLineEdit( this );
+
+    // the edit lineedit will only accept integers between 100 and 999
+    edit->setValidator( validator );
+    
          
+ 
+
           Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would
+normally be associated with a widget as in the example above.
+
           
          +    TQString str;
+    int pos = 0;
+    TQIntValidator v( 100, 999, this );
+
+    str = "1";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Intermediate
+    str = "12";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Intermediate
+
+    str = "123";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Acceptable
+    str = "678";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Acceptable
+
+    str = "1234";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
+    str = "-123";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
+    str = "abc";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
+    str = "12cm";
+    v.validate( str, pos );     // returns Invalid
+    
          
+ 
+
           The minimum and maximum values are set in one call with setRange()
+or individually with setBottom() and setTop().
+
           
          See also TQDoubleValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
+
          Member Function Documentation
          
+
          TQIntValidator::TQIntValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
          
+Constructs a validator called name with parent parent, that
+accepts all integers.
+
+
          TQIntValidator::TQIntValidator ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
          
+Constructs a validator called name with parent parent, that
+accepts integers from minimum to maximum inclusive.
+
+
          TQIntValidator::~TQIntValidator ()
+
          
+Destroys the validator, freeing any resources allocated.
+
+
          int TQIntValidator::bottom () const
+
          Returns the validator's lowest acceptable value.
+See the "bottom" property for details.
+
          void TQIntValidator::setBottom ( int )
+
          Sets the validator's lowest acceptable value.
+See the "bottom" property for details.
+
          void TQIntValidator::setRange ( int bottom, int top ) [virtual]
+
          
+Sets the range of the validator to only accept integers between bottom and top inclusive.
+
+
          void TQIntValidator::setTop ( int )
+
          Sets the validator's highest acceptable value.
+See the "top" property for details.
+
          int TQIntValidator::top () const
+
          Returns the validator's highest acceptable value.
+See the "top" property for details.
+
          TQValidator::State TQIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const [virtual]
+
          
+Returns Acceptable if the input is an integer within the
+valid range, Intermediate if the input is an integer outside
+the valid range and Invalid if the input is not an integer.
+
           Note: If the valid range consists of just positive integers (e.g. 32 - 100)
+and input is a negative integer then Invalid is returned.
+
           
          +    int pos = 0;
+    s = "abc";
+    v.validate( s, pos ); // returns Invalid
+
+    s = "5";
+    v.validate( s, pos ); // returns Intermediate
+
+    s = "50";
+    v.validate( s, pos ); // returns Valid
+    
          
+ 
+
+
          Reimplemented from TQValidator.
+
          Property Documentation
          
+
          int bottom
          
+
          This property holds the validator's lowest acceptable value.
+
          Set this property's value with setBottom() and get this property's value with bottom().
+
          See also setRange().
+
+
          int top
          
+
          This property holds the validator's highest acceptable value.
+
          Set this property's value with setTop() and get this property's value with top().
+
          See also setRange().
+
+
+
          
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqkeyevent-members.html b/doc/html/tqkeyevent-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10d811439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqkeyevent-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQKeyEvent Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          Complete Member List for TQKeyEvent
          
+
+
          This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQKeyEvent, including inherited members.
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqkeyevent.html b/doc/html/tqkeyevent.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fe909e7ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqkeyevent.html
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQKeyEvent Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          TQKeyEvent Class Reference
          
+
+
          The TQKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
+More...
+
          #include <tqevent.h>
+
          Inherits TQEvent.
+
          List of all member functions.
+
          Public Members
          
+
+
          Detailed Description
          
+
+
+The TQKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
+
           
+
           Key events occur when a key is pressed or released when a widget
+has keyboard input focus.
+
           A key event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the
+receiver wants the key event.  You should call TQKeyEvent::ignore() if the
+key press or release event is not handled by your widget. A key event is
+propagated up the parent widget chain until a widget accepts it with
+TQKeyEvent::accept() or an event filter consumes it.
+Key events for multi media keys are ignored by default. You should call
+TQKeyEvent::accept() if your widget handles those events.
+
           The TQWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable
+mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
+
           The event handlers TQWidget::keyPressEvent() and
+TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent() receive key events.
+
           
          See also TQFocusEvent, TQWidget::grabKeyboard(), and Event Classes.
+
+
          Member Function Documentation
          
+
          TQKeyEvent::TQKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )
+
          
+
+
           Constructs a key event object.
+
           The type parameter must be TQEvent::KeyPress or TQEvent::KeyRelease. If key is 0 the event is not a result of a
+known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose sequence or
+keyboard macro). ascii is the ASCII code of the key that was
+pressed or released. state holds the keyboard modifiers. text is the Unicode text that the key generated. If autorep is
+TRUE, isAutoRepeat() will be TRUE. count is the number of
+single keys.
+
           The accept flag is set to TRUE.
+
+
          void TQKeyEvent::accept ()
+
          
+
+
           Sets the accept flag of the key event object.
+
           Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the
+event wants the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the
+parent widget.
+
           The accept flag is set by default.
+
           
          See also ignore().
+
+
          int TQKeyEvent::ascii () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the ASCII code of the key that was pressed or released. We
+recommend using text() instead.
+
           
          See also text().
+
+
          Example: picture/picture.cpp.
+
          int TQKeyEvent::count () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the number of single keys for this event. If text() is not
+empty, this is simply the length of the string.
+
           
          See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
+
+
          void TQKeyEvent::ignore ()
+
          
+
+
           Clears the accept flag parameter of the key event object.
+
           Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+does not want the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the
+parent widget.
+
           The accept flag is set by default.
+
           
          See also accept().
+
+
          bool TQKeyEvent::isAccepted () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event wants to keep the key;
+otherwise returns FALSE
+
+
          bool TQKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns TRUE if this event comes from an auto-repeating key and
+FALSE if it comes from an initial key press.
+
           Note that if the event is a multiple-key compressed event that is
+partly due to auto-repeat, this function could return either TRUE
+or FALSE indeterminately.
+
+
          int TQKeyEvent::key () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the code of the key that was pressed or released.
+
           See TQt::Key for the list of keyboard codes. These codes are
+independent of the underlying window system.
+
           A value of either 0 or Key_unknown means that the event is not
+the result of a known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose
+sequence or a keyboard macro, or due to key event compression).
+
           
          See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
+
+
          Example: fileiconview/tqfileiconview.cpp.
+
          ButtonState TQKeyEvent::state () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately
+before the event occurred.
+
           The returned value is ShiftButton, ControlButton, AltButton
+and MetaButton OR'ed together.
+
           
          See also stateAfter().
+
+
          Example: fileiconview/tqfileiconview.cpp.
+
          ButtonState TQKeyEvent::stateAfter () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately after
+the event occurred.
+
           Warning: This function cannot be trusted.
+
           
          See also state().
+
+
          TQString TQKeyEvent::text () const
+
          
+
+
           Returns the Unicode text that this key generated. The text returned
+migth be empty, which is the case when pressing or
+releasing modifying keys as Shift, Control, Alt and Meta. In these
+cases key() will contain a valid value.
+
           
          See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
+
+
+
          
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqkeysequence-h.html b/doc/html/tqkeysequence-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f951a640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqkeysequence-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+tqkeysequence.h Include File
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          tqkeysequence.h
          
+
+
          This is the verbatim text of the tqkeysequence.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
+
          
+
          +/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qt/tqkeysequence.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
+**
+** Definition of TQKeySequence class
+**
+** Created : 0108007
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the kernel module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
+** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
+** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
+** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQKEYSEQUENCE_H
+#define TQKEYSEQUENCE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "ntqnamespace.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_ACCEL
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQKeySequence stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+class TQKeySequence;
+TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQKeySequence & );
+TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQKeySequence & );
+#endif
+
+class TQKeySequencePrivate;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQKeySequence : public TQt
+{
+public:
+    TQKeySequence();
+    TQKeySequence( const TQString& key );
+    TQKeySequence( int key );
+    TQKeySequence( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 );
+    TQKeySequence( const TQKeySequence & );
+    ~TQKeySequence();
+
+    uint count() const;
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    TQt::SequenceMatch matches( const TQKeySequence & ) const;
+
+    operator TQString() const;
+    operator int () const;
+    int operator[]( uint ) const;
+    TQKeySequence &operator=( const TQKeySequence & );
+    bool operator==( const TQKeySequence& ) const;
+    bool operator!= ( const TQKeySequence& ) const;
+
+private:
+    static int decodeString( const TQString & );
+    static TQString encodeString( int );
+    int assign( TQString );
+    void setKey( int key, int index );
+
+    TQKeySequencePrivate* d;
+
+    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQKeySequence & );
+    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQKeySequence & );
+    friend class TQAccelManager;
+};
+
+#else
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQKeySequence : public TQt
+{
+public:
+    TQKeySequence() {}
+    TQKeySequence( int ) {}
+};
+
+#endif //TQT_NO_ACCEL
+
+#endif
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqkeysequence-members.html b/doc/html/tqkeysequence-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f600f5123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqkeysequence-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQKeySequence Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          Complete Member List for TQKeySequence
          
+
+
          This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQKeySequence, including inherited members.
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqkeysequence.html b/doc/html/tqkeysequence.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc5b7e41d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqkeysequence.html
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQKeySequence Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          TQKeySequence Class Reference
          
+
+
          The TQKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
+by accelerators.
+More...
+
          #include <tqkeysequence.h>
+
          Inherits TQt.
+
          List of all member functions.
+
          Public Members
          
+
+
          Related Functions
          
+
            
+
          • TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
            • 
+
          • TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQKeySequence & keysequence )
            • 
+
          
+
          Detailed Description
          
+
+
+The TQKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used
+by accelerators.
+
           
+
           A key sequence consists of up to four keyboard codes, each
+optionally combined with modifiers, e.g. SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META, or UNICODE_ACCEL. For example, CTRL + Key_P
+might be a sequence used as a shortcut for printing a document.
+The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative,
+use UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character.
+For example, UNICODE_ACCEL + 'A' gives the same key sequence
+as Key_A.
+
           Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code,
+or from a human readable translatable string such as
+"Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a TQString to
+obtain a human readable translated version of the sequence.
+Translations are done in the "TQAccel" context.
+
           
          See also TQAccel and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
+
          Member Function Documentation
          
+
          TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ()
+
          
+Constructs an empty key sequence.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQString & key )
+
          
+Creates a key sequence from the string key. For example
+"Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
+"Shift", "Alt" and "Meta" are recognized, as well as their
+translated equivalents in the "TQAccel" context (using
+TQObject::tr()).
+
           Multiple key codes (up to four) may be entered by separating them
+with commas, e.g. "Alt+X,Ctrl+S,Q".
+
           This contructor is typically used with tr(), so that accelerator keys can be replaced in
+translations:
+
           
          +        TQPopupMenu *file = new TQPopupMenu( this );
+        file->insertItem( tr("&Open..."), this, TQ_SLOT(open()),
+                          TQKeySequence( tr("Ctrl+O", "File|Open") ) );
+    
          
+ 
+
           Note the "File|Open" translator comment. It is by no means
+necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( int key )
+
          
+Constructs a key sequence that has a single key.
+
           The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h and can be
+combined with modifiers, e.g. with SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META or UNICODE_ACCEL.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 )
+
          
+Constructs a key sequence with up to 4 keys k1, k2,
+k3 and k4.
+
           The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h and can be
+combined with modifiers, e.g. with SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META or UNICODE_ACCEL.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
+
          
+Copy constructor. Makes a copy of keysequence.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::~TQKeySequence ()
+
          
+Destroys the key sequence.
+
+
          uint TQKeySequence::count () const
+
          
+Returns the number of keys in the key sequence.
+The maximum is 4.
+
+
          bool TQKeySequence::isEmpty () const
+
          
+Returns TRUE if the key sequence is empty; otherwise returns
+FALSE.
+
+
          TQt::SequenceMatch TQKeySequence::matches ( const TQKeySequence & seq ) const
+
          
+Matches the sequence with seq. Returns TQt::Identical if
+successful, TQt::PartialMatch for matching but incomplete seq,
+and TQt::NoMatch if the sequences have nothing in common.
+Returns TQt::NoMatch if seq is shorter.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::operator TQString () const
+
          
+Creates an accelerator string for the key sequence.
+For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has
+multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g.
+"Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are
+translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" scope. If the key
+sequence has no keys, TQString::null is returned.
+
           On Mac OS X, the string returned resembles the sequence that is shown in
+the menubar.
+
+
          TQKeySequence::operator int () const
+
          
+This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
+
           For backward compatibility: returns the first keycode
+as integer. If the key sequence is empty, 0 is returned.
+
+
          bool TQKeySequence::operator!= ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const
+
          
+Returns TRUE if keysequence is not equal to this key sequence;
+otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+
          TQKeySequence & TQKeySequence::operator= ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
+
          
+Assignment operator. Assigns keysequence to this
+object.
+
+
          bool TQKeySequence::operator== ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const
+
          
+Returns TRUE if keysequence is equal to this key
+sequence; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+
          int TQKeySequence::operator[] ( uint index ) const
+
          
+Returns a reference to the element at position index in the key
+sequence. This can only be used to read an element.
+
+
          Related Functions
          
+
          TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQKeySequence & keysequence )
+
          
+
+
           Writes the key sequence keysequence to the stream s.
+
           
          See also Format of the TQDataStream operators.
+
+
          TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQKeySequence & keysequence )
+
          
+
+
           Reads a key sequence from the stream s into the key sequence keysequence.
+
           
          See also Format of the TQDataStream operators.
+
+
+
          
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqlibrary-h.html b/doc/html/tqlibrary-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c6f0ae23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqlibrary-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+tqlibrary.h Include File
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          tqlibrary.h
          
+
+
          This is the verbatim text of the tqlibrary.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
+
          
+
          +/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qt/tqlibrary.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:46 $
+**
+** Definition of TQLibrary class
+**
+** Created : 000101
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
+** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
+** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
+** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQLIBRARY_H
+#define TQLIBRARY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_LIBRARY
+
+class TQLibraryPrivate;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQLibrary
+{
+public:
+    TQLibrary( const TQString& filename );
+    virtual ~TQLibrary();
+
+    void *resolve( const char* );
+    static void *resolve( const TQString &filename, const char * );
+
+    bool load();
+    virtual bool unload();
+    bool isLoaded() const;
+
+    bool autoUnload() const;
+    void setAutoUnload( bool enable );
+
+    TQString library() const;
+
+private:
+    TQLibraryPrivate *d;
+
+    TQString libfile;
+    uint aunload : 1;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQLibrary( const TQLibrary & );
+    TQLibrary &operator=( const TQLibrary & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QLIBRARY
+#include "ntqwinexport.h"
+#endif //TQT_NO_LIBRARY
+#endif //TQLIBRARY_H
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqlibrary-members.html b/doc/html/tqlibrary-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2e62d745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqlibrary-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQLibrary Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          Complete Member List for TQLibrary
          
+
+
          This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQLibrary, including inherited members.
+
+
          
+
+
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqlibrary.html b/doc/html/tqlibrary.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b609f1d89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqlibrary.html
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQLibrary Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
          
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
          TQLibrary Class Reference
          
+
+
          The TQLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
+More...
+
          All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
          
+
          #include <tqlibrary.h>
+
          List of all member functions.
+
          Public Members
          
+
+
          Static Public Members
          
+
            
+
          • void * resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb )
            • 
+
          
+
          Detailed Description
          
+
+
+
+The TQLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
+
           
+
+
           An instance of a TQLibrary object can handle a single shared
+library and provide access to the functionality in the library in
+a platform independent way. If the library is a component server,
+TQLibrary provides access to the exported component and can
+directly query this component for interfaces.
+
           TQLibrary ensures that the shared library is loaded and stays in
+memory whilst it is in use. TQLibrary can also unload the library
+on destruction and release unused resources.
+
           A typical use of TQLibrary is to resolve an exported symbol in a
+shared object, and to call the function that this symbol
+represents. This is called "explicit linking" in contrast to
+"implicit linking", which is done by the link step in the build
+process when linking an executable against a library.
+
           The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol
+"mysymbol", and calls the function if everything succeeded. If
+something went wrong, e.g. the library file does not exist or the
+symbol is not defined, the function pointer will be 0 and won't be
+called. When the TQLibrary object is destroyed the library will be
+unloaded, making all references to memory allocated in the library
+invalid.
+
           
          +    typedef void (*MyPrototype)();
+    MyPrototype myFunction;
+
+    TQLibrary myLib( "mylib" );
+    myFunction = (MyPrototype) myLib.resolve( "mysymbol" );
+    if ( myFunction ) {
+        myFunction();
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
          See also Plugins.
+
+
          Member Function Documentation
          
+
          TQLibrary::TQLibrary ( const TQString & filename )
+
          
+Creates a TQLibrary object for the shared library filename. The
+library will be unloaded in the destructor.
+
           Note that filename does not need to include the (platform specific)
+file extension, so calling
+
          +    TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
+    
          
+ 
+is equivalent to calling
+
          +    TQLibrary lib( "mylib.dll" );
+    
          
+ 
+on Windows, and
+
          +    TQLibrary lib( "libmylib.so" );
+    
          
+ 
+on Unix. Specifying the extension is not recommended, since
+doing so introduces a platform dependency.
+
           If filename does not include a path, the library loader will
+look for the file in the platform specific search paths.
+
           
          See also load(), unload(), and setAutoUnload().
+
+
          TQLibrary::~TQLibrary () [virtual]
+
          
+Deletes the TQLibrary object.
+
           The library will be unloaded if autoUnload() is TRUE (the
+default), otherwise it stays in memory until the application
+exits.
+
           
          See also unload() and setAutoUnload().
+
+
          bool TQLibrary::autoUnload () const
+
          
+Returns TRUE if the library will be automatically unloaded when
+this wrapper object is destructed; otherwise returns FALSE. The
+default is TRUE.
+
           
          See also setAutoUnload().
+
+
          bool TQLibrary::isLoaded () const
+
          
+Returns TRUE if the library is loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
           
          See also unload().
+
+
          TQString TQLibrary::library () const
+
          
+Returns the filename of the shared library this TQLibrary object
+handles, including the platform specific file extension.
+
           For example:
+
          +    TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
+    TQString str = lib.library();
+    
          
+ 
+will set str to "mylib.dll" on Windows, and "libmylib.so" on Linux.
+
+
          bool TQLibrary::load ()
+
          
+Loads the library. Since resolve() always calls this function
+before resolving any symbols it is not necessary to call it
+explicitly. In some situations you might want the library loaded
+in advance, in which case you would use this function.
+
           On Darwin and Mac OS X this function uses code from dlcompat, part of the
+OpenDarwin project.
+
           
+
           Copyright (c) 2002 Jorge Acereda and Peter O'Gorman
+
           Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
           The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
           THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
          void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const char * symb )
+
          
+Returns the address of the exported symbol symb. The library is
+loaded if necessary. The function returns 0 if the symbol could
+not be resolved or the library could not be loaded.
+
           
          +    typedef int (*avgProc)( int, int );
+
+    avgProc avg = (avgProc) library->resolve( "avg" );
+    if ( avg )
+        return avg( 5, 8 );
+    else
+        return -1;
+    
          
+ 
+
           The symbol must be exported as a C-function from the library. This
+requires the extern "C" notation if the library is compiled
+with a C++ compiler. On Windows you also have to explicitly export
+the function from the DLL using the __declspec(dllexport)
+compiler directive.
+
           
          +    extern "C" MY_EXPORT_MACRO int avg(int a, int b)
+    {
+        return (a + b) / 2;
+    }
+    
          
+ 
+
           with MY_EXPORT defined as
+
           
          +    #ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
+    # define MY_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+    #else
+    # define MY_EXPORT
+    #endif
+    
          
+ 
+
           On Darwin and Mac OS X this function uses code from dlcompat, part of the
+OpenDarwin project.
+
           
+
           Copyright (c) 2002 Jorge Acereda and Peter O'Gorman
+
           Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+the following conditions:
+
           The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
           THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
+LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+
          void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb ) [static]
+
          
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
           Loads the library filename and returns the address of the
+exported symbol symb. Note that like the constructor, filename does not need to include the (platform specific) file
+extension. The library remains loaded until the process exits.
+
           The function returns 0 if the symbol could not be resolved or the
+library could not be loaded.
+
           This function is useful only if you want to resolve a single
+symbol, e.g. a function pointer from a specific library once:
+
           
          +    typedef void (*FunctionType)();
+    static FunctionType *ptrFunction = 0;
+    static bool triedResolve = FALSE;
+    if ( !ptrFunction && !triedResolve )
+        ptrFunction = TQLibrary::resolve( "mylib", "mysymb" );
+
+    if ( ptrFunction )
+        ptrFunction();
+    else
+        ...
+    
          
+ 
+
           If you want to resolve multiple symbols, use a TQLibrary object and
+call the non-static version of resolve().
+
           
          See also 
+
          void TQLibrary::setAutoUnload ( bool enabled )
+
          
+If enabled is TRUE (the default), the wrapper object is set to
+automatically unload the library upon destruction. If enabled
+is FALSE, the wrapper object is not unloaded unless you explicitly
+call unload().
+
           
          See also autoUnload().
+
+
          bool TQLibrary::unload () [virtual]
+
          
+Unloads the library and returns TRUE if the library could be
+unloaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
           This function is called by the destructor if autoUnload() is
+enabled.
+
           
          See also resolve().
+
+
+
          
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
+
+
          Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
          TQt 3.3.8
          
+
          
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqlineedit.html b/doc/html/tqlineedit.html
index eb637fc8f..947091f74 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqlineedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqlineedit.html
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ See the "redoAvailable" propert
 
          bool TQLineEdit::isUndoAvailable () const
 
          Returns TRUE if undo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
 See the "undoAvailable" property for details.
-
          void TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
          void TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
          
 Converts key press event e into a line edit action.
 
           If Return or Enter is pressed and the current text is valid (or
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ the text which may be entered.
 
           If v == 0, setValidator() removes the current input validator.
 The initial setting is to have no input validator (i.e. any input
 is accepted up to maxLength()).
-
           
          See also validator(), TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
+
           
          See also validator(), TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 
 
          Examples: lineedits/lineedits.cpp and wizard/wizard.cpp.
 
          TQSize TQLineEdit::sizeHint () const [virtual]
diff --git a/doc/html/tqmenubar.html b/doc/html/tqmenubar.html
index 8ef8cdfea..82260daff 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqmenubar.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqmenubar.html
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ several items to a single slot (most often if the user selects
 from an array). This signal is useful in such cases.
 
           
          See also activated() and TQMenuData::insertItem().
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a
 popup menu or a menu bar.
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ connects it to the slot member in the object receiver.
 
           Not all insert functions take an object/slot parameter or an
 accelerator key. Use connectItem() and setAccel() on those items.
 
           If you need to translate accelerators, use tr() with the text and
-accelerator. (For translations use a string key
+accelerator. (For translations use a string key
     sequence.):
 
                   fileMenu->insertItem( tr("Open"), myView, TQ_SLOT(open()),
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ version.
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
 
          Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, accelerator
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
 
           Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with pixmap pixmap, accelerator accel,
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ should provide a mask (see TQPixmap::mask()).
 
           Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with icon icon, pixmap pixmap,
diff --git a/doc/html/tqmenudata-h.html b/doc/html/tqmenudata-h.html
index b7a6c277a..38ae372a0 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqmenudata-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqmenudata-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqglobal.h"
 #include "tqiconset.h" // conversion TQPixmap->TQIconset
-#include "ntqkeysequence.h"
+#include "tqkeysequence.h"
 #include "tqstring.h"
 #include "tqsignal.h"
 #include "tqfont.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/tqmenudata.html b/doc/html/tqmenudata.html
index cb78fabd4..f24003be7 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqmenudata.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqmenudata.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Constructs an empty menu data list.
 Removes all menu items and disconnects any signals that have been
 connected.
 
-
          TQKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const
+
          TQKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const
 
          
 Returns the accelerator key that has been defined for the menu
 item id, or 0 if it has no accelerator key or if there is no
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ there is no item with this identifier.
 
           
          See also idAt() and findItem().
 
 
          Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a
 popup menu or a menu bar.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ connects it to the slot member in the object receiver.
 
           Not all insert functions take an object/slot parameter or an
 accelerator key. Use connectItem() and setAccel() on those items.
 
           If you need to translate accelerators, use tr() with the text and
-accelerator. (For translations use a string key
+accelerator. (For translations use a string key
     sequence.):
 
                   fileMenu->insertItem( tr("Open"), myView, TQ_SLOT(open()),
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ version.
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
 
          Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, accelerator
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
 
           Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with pixmap pixmap, accelerator accel,
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ should provide a mask (see TQPixmap::mask()).
 
           Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with icon icon, pixmap pixmap,
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ no pixmap has been set.
 Removes the menu item at position index.
 
           
          See also removeItem() and clear().
 
-
          void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )
+
          void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )
 
          
 Sets the accelerator key for the menu item id to key.
 
           An accelerator key consists of a key code and a combination of the
diff --git a/doc/html/tqobject.html b/doc/html/tqobject.html
index e06f8946d..8372a464d 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqobject.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqobject.html
@@ -521,8 +521,8 @@ TRUE; otherwise return FALSE.
     {
         if ( obj == textEdit ) {
             if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
-                TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent*)ev;
-                tqDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
+                TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent*)ev;
+                tqDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
                 return TRUE;
             } else {
                 return FALSE;
@@ -615,8 +615,8 @@ monitored objects:
     {
         if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
             // special processing for key press
-            TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent *)e;
-            tqDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
+            TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent *)e;
+            tqDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
             return TRUE; // eat event
         } else {
             // standard event processing
diff --git a/doc/html/tqpopupmenu.html b/doc/html/tqpopupmenu.html
index 34a6745a9..9158f3699 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqpopupmenu.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqpopupmenu.html
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ You can connect it to any slot that sets up the menu contents
 
           
          See also aboutToHide(), setItemEnabled(), setItemChecked(), insertItem(), and removeItem().
 
 
          Example: mdi/application.cpp.
-
          TQKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const
+
          TQKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const
 
          
 Returns the accelerator key that has been defined for the menu
 item id, or 0 if it has no accelerator key or if there is no
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
           Returns the id of the item at pos, or -1 if there is no item
 there or if it is a separator.
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a
 popup menu or a menu bar.
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ connects it to the slot member in the object receiver.
 
           Not all insert functions take an object/slot parameter or an
 accelerator key. Use connectItem() and setAccel() on those items.
 
           If you need to translate accelerators, use tr() with the text and
-accelerator. (For translations use a string key
+accelerator. (For translations use a string key
     sequence.):
 
                   fileMenu->insertItem( tr("Open"), myView, TQ_SLOT(open()),
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ version.
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
 
          Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, accelerator
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
 
           Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with pixmap pixmap, accelerator accel,
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ should provide a mask (see TQPixmap::mask()).
 
           Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
           
          See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
          int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Inserts a menu item with icon icon, pixmap pixmap,
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ depending on the menu's current contents.
 Removes the menu item at position index.
 
           
          See also removeItem() and clear().
 
-
          void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )
+
          void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )
 
          
 Sets the accelerator key for the menu item id to key.
 
           An accelerator key consists of a key code and a combination of the
diff --git a/doc/html/tqpushbutton.html b/doc/html/tqpushbutton.html
index 971e32631..46525959d 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqpushbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqpushbutton.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ constructor.
 
 Destroys the push button.
 
-
          TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
+
          TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
 
          Returns the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
          bool TQPushButton::autoDefault () const
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ has been set.
 
           This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 
           
          See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
 
-
          void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
+
          void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
 
          Sets the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
          void TQPushButton::setAutoDefault ( bool autoDef ) [virtual]
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ or because setOn() was called.
 
 
          Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 
          Property Documentation
          
-
          TQKeySequence accel
          
+
          TQKeySequence accel
          
 
          This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 
          This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this
 property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqradiobutton.html b/doc/html/tqradiobutton.html
index 9c3580fe3..74357bc53 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqradiobutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqradiobutton.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Constructs a radio button with the text text.
 
           The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
          TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
+
          TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const
 
          Returns the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
          bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ See the "pixmap" property for details.
 
           This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 
           
          See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
 
-
          void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
+
          void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & ) [virtual]
 
          Sets the accelerator associated with the button.
 See the "accel" property for details.
 
          void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool ) [virtual]
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ or because setOn() was called.
 
 
          Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 
          Property Documentation
          
-
          TQKeySequence accel
          
+
          TQKeySequence accel
          
 
          This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 
          This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this
 property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqregexpvalidator.html b/doc/html/tqregexpvalidator.html
index f0eb5cb2f..17677b953 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqregexpvalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqregexpvalidator.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ normally be associated with a widget as in the example above.
     s = "readm";       v.validate( s, pos ); // Returns Intermediate
     
          
  
-
           
          See also TQRegExp, TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+
           
          See also TQRegExp, TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
 
          TQRegExpValidator::TQRegExpValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
diff --git a/doc/html/tqspinbox.html b/doc/html/tqspinbox.html
index af0844a67..1c7bb123b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqspinbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqspinbox.html
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ See the "suffix" property for details.
 
          
 Sets the validator to v. The validator controls what keyboard
 input is accepted when the user is editing in the value field. The
-default is to use a suitable TQIntValidator.
+default is to use a suitable TQIntValidator.
 
           Use setValidator(0) to turn off input validation (entered input
 will still be kept within the spin box's range).
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqtextbrowser.html b/doc/html/tqtextbrowser.html
index 465992f5c..737875f8e 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqtextbrowser.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqtextbrowser.html
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Changes the document displayed to be the first document the
 browser displayed.
 
 
          Example: helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp.
-
          void TQTextBrowser::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
          void TQTextBrowser::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
          
 The event e is used to provide the following keyboard shortcuts:
 
          
diff --git a/doc/html/tqtextedit.html b/doc/html/tqtextedit.html
index 13202bbf2..4b116521b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqtextedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqtextedit.html
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ See the "undoRedoEnabled" pro
 Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
           
          See also setItalic().
 
-
          void TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
          void TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
          
 Processes the key event, e. By default key events are used to
 provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqvalidator.html b/doc/html/tqvalidator.html
index 8d9cbfdf6..6c15be8a3 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqvalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqvalidator.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 More...
          #include <tqvalidator.h>
 
          Inherits TQObject.
-
          Inherited by TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
+
          Inherited by TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 
          List of all member functions.
 
          Public Members
            
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 The TQValidator class provides validation of input text.
 
             
 
-
             The class itself is abstract. Two subclasses, TQIntValidator and
+
             The class itself is abstract. Two subclasses, TQIntValidator and
 TQDoubleValidator, provide basic numeric-range checking, and TQRegExpValidator provides general checking using a custom regular expression.
 
             If the built-in validators aren't sufficient, you can subclass
 TQValidator. The class has two virtual functions: validate() and
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ valid.
 
             The function can change input and pos (the cursor position)
 if it wants to.
 
-
            Reimplemented in TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
+
            Reimplemented in TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 
 
            
 This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqwidget.html b/doc/html/tqwidget.html
index ef72e7b5e..b73011dae 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqwidget.html
@@ -1263,36 +1263,36 @@ See the "iconText" property for detail
  
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
             
-
            void TQWidget::imComposeEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
            void TQWidget::imComposeEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
            
 This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
 subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
 is called when the user has entered some text using an Input Method.
 
             The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
+Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
 details.
-
             
            See also event() and TQIMEvent.
+
             
            See also event() and TQIMEvent.
 
-
            void TQWidget::imEndEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
            void TQWidget::imEndEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
            
 This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
 subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
 is called when the user has finished inputting text via an Input
 Method.
 
             The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
+Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
 details.
-
             
            See also event() and TQIMEvent.
+
             
            See also event() and TQIMEvent.
 
-
            void TQWidget::imStartEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
            void TQWidget::imStartEvent ( TQIMEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
            
 This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
 subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler
 is called when the user begins entering text using an Input Method.
 
             The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the
-Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
+Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more
 details.
-
             
            See also event() and TQIMEvent.
+
             
            See also event() and TQIMEvent.
 
 
            bool TQWidget::isActiveWindow () const
 
            Returns TRUE if this widget is the active window; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -1375,14 +1375,14 @@ or they were to be moved.
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
             This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isVisible()
 
-
            void TQWidget::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
            void TQWidget::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
            
 This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
 subclass to receive key press events for the widget.
 
             A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and
 have focus in order to receive a key press event.
 
             If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
-explicitly ignore the event
+explicitly ignore the event
 if you do not understand it, so that the widget's parent can
 interpret it; otherwise, the event will be implicitly accepted.
 Although top-level widgets are able to choose whether to accept
@@ -1391,11 +1391,11 @@ could otherwise handle them, it is good practice to explicitly
 ignore events to make widgets as reusable as possible.
 
             The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user
 presses Esc. Otherwise the event is ignored.
-
             
            See also keyReleaseEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
+
             
            See also keyReleaseEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
 
 
            Example: picture/picture.cpp.
 
            Reimplemented in TQLineEdit and TQTextEdit.
-
            void TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
+
            void TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e ) [virtual protected]
 
            
 This event handler, for event e, can be reimplemented in a
 subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
@@ -1403,10 +1403,10 @@ subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
 initially and have focus in order to
 receive a key release event.
 
             If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you
-ignore() the release if you do not
+ignore() the release if you do not
 understand it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it.
 
             The default implementation ignores the event.
-
             
            See also keyPressEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
+
             
            See also keyPressEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
 
 
            TQWidget * TQWidget::keyboardGrabber () [static]
 
            
@@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ See the "cursor" property for details.
 Disables widget input events if disable is TRUE; otherwise
 enables input events.
 
             See the enabled documentation for more information.
-
             
            See also isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, TQMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
+
             
            See also isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, TQMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
 
 
            void TQWidget::setEnabled ( bool ) [virtual slot]
 
            Sets whether the widget is enabled.
@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ and your program doesn't keep up with key input, TQt may try to
 compress key events so that more than one character can be
 processed in each event.
 
             For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more
-characters in each TQKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation
+characters in each TQKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation
 takes too long for the CPU.
 
             If a widget supports multiple character unicode input, it is
 always safe to turn the compression on.
@@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ PrintScreen) will stop key event compression, even if there are
 more compressible key events available.
 
             Not all platforms support this compression, in which case turning
 it on will have no effect.
-
             
            See also TQKeyEvent::text().
+
             
            See also TQKeyEvent::text().
 
 
            void TQWidget::setMask ( const TQBitmap & bitmap ) [virtual]
 
            
@@ -2706,7 +2706,7 @@ can reimplement the enabledChange() function.
 
             Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling
 respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been
 explicitly disabled.
-
             
            See also enabled, isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, TQMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
+
             
            See also enabled, isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, TQMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
 
 
            Set this property's value with setEnabled() and get this property's value with isEnabled().
 
            bool focus
            
diff --git a/doc/html/unicode.html b/doc/html/unicode.html
index ac031a6e4..1b7a88ae5 100644
--- a/doc/html/unicode.html
+++ b/doc/html/unicode.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ even on Windows platforms that do not support it natively.
 
             
           To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using TQString for storing
 all user-visible strings, and performing all text file I/O using
-TQTextStream. Use TQKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
+TQTextStream. Use TQKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
 widgets you write; it does not make much difference for slow typists
 in Western Europe or North America, but for fast typists or people
 using special input methods using text() is beneficial.
diff --git a/doc/html/whatsthis b/doc/html/whatsthis
index 517f5a5a1..e1630fe1f 100644
--- a/doc/html/whatsthis
+++ b/doc/html/whatsthis
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Defines an interface that exposes information about accessible objects. | TQAcce
 Defines how a TQPainter should draw lines and outlines of shapes. | TQPen
 Defines the fill pattern of shapes drawn by a TQPainter. | TQBrush
 Defines the size of a two-dimensional object. | TQSize
-Describes a key event. | QKeyEvent
+Describes a key event. | TQKeyEvent
 Dialog widget for selecting a font. | TQFontDialog
 Dialog widget for specifying colors. | TQColorDialog
 Dialogs that allow users to select files or directories. | TQFileDialog
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Ellipse or ellipse segment on a TQCanvas. | TQCanvasEllipse
 Encapsulates MIME-based data transfer. | TQDragObject
 Encapsulates a database record, i.e. a set of database fields. | TQSqlRecord
 Encapsulates a drag item. | TQIconDragItem
-Encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators. | QKeySequence
+Encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators. | TQKeySequence
 Encapsulates a set of database field meta data. | TQSqlRecordInfo
 Encapsulates an OpenGL rendering context. | TQGLContext
 Encapsulates the common Look and Feel of a GUI. | TQCommonStyle
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Organizes a group of widgets in a vertical column. | TQVGroupBox
 Organizes widgets in a group with one horizontal row. | TQHGroupBox
 Paint device that paints on a printer. | TQPrinter
 Paint device that records and replays TQPainter commands. | TQPicture
-Parameters for input method events. | QIMEvent
+Parameters for input method events. | TQIMEvent
 Parameters for loading and saving images. | TQImageIO
 Parameters that describe a Tablet event. | TQTabletEvent
 Parameters that describe a close event. | TQCloseEvent
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Scrolling area with on-demand scroll bars. | TQScrollView
 Serialization of binary data to a TQIODevice. | TQDataStream
 Set of icons with different styles and sizes. | TQIconSet
 Signals that a main icon drag has begun. | TQIconDragEvent
-Simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user. | QInputDialog
+Simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user. | TQInputDialog
 Simple description of any widget, i.e. answering the question "What's this?". | TQWhatsThis
 Simple geometry management of its children. | TQGrid
 Simple stored-value drag object for arbitrary MIME data. | TQStoredDrag
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ Used to map widgets to SQL fields. | TQSqlPropertyMap
 Used to report errors with the TQXmlErrorHandler interface. | TQXmlParseException
 Used to start external programs and to communicate with them. | TQProcess
 Validation of input text. | TQValidator
-Validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range. | QIntValidator
+Validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range. | TQIntValidator
 Value-based template class that provides a dictionary. | TQMap
 Value-based template class that provides a dynamic array. | TQValueVector
 Value-based template class that provides a pair of elements. | TQPair
@@ -387,5 +387,5 @@ Watches the lifetime of multiple TQObjects. | TQObjectCleanupHandler
 Widget for rendering OpenGL graphics. | TQGLWidget
 Widget which can be docked inside a TQDockArea or floated as a top level window on the desktop. | TQDockWindow
 Workspace window that can contain decorated windows, e.g. for MDI. | TQWorkspace
-Wrapper for handling shared libraries. | QLibrary
+Wrapper for handling shared libraries. | TQLibrary
 XML attributes. | TQXmlAttributes
diff --git a/doc/html/wizard-example.html b/doc/html/wizard-example.html
index 4a4da7a26..d60c74965 100644
--- a/doc/html/wizard-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/wizard-example.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ void Wizard::setupPage1()
 
     key = new TQLineEdit( row1 );
     key->setMaxLength( 4 );
-    key->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( 1000, 9999, key ) );
+    key->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( 1000, 9999, key ) );
 
     connect( key, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
              this, TQ_SLOT( keyChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
diff --git a/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html b/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html
index e066a6201..0430b697d 100644
--- a/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ void Wizard::setupPage1()
 
     key = new TQLineEdit( row1 );
     key->setMaxLength( 4 );
-    key->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( 1000, 9999, key ) );
+    key->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( 1000, 9999, key ) );
 
     connect( key, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
              this, TQ_SLOT( keyChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
diff --git a/doc/i18n.doc b/doc/i18n.doc
index 6cc7d8879..3c38b5d42 100644
--- a/doc/i18n.doc
+++ b/doc/i18n.doc
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ TQObject::tr(), as tr() depends on the
 QApplication::defaultCodec(), which makes it more fragile than
 TQObject::trUtf8().
 
-\section2 Use QKeySequence() for Accelerator Values
+\section2 Use TQKeySequence() for Accelerator Values
 
 Accelerator values such as Ctrl+Q or Alt+F need to be
 translated too. If you hardcode \c CTRL+Key_Q for "Quit" in
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ it. The correct idiom is
 \code
     TQPopupMenu *file = new TQPopupMenu( this );
     file->insertItem( tr("&Quit"), this, TQ_SLOT(quit()),
-                      QKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+Q", "File|Quit")) );
+                      TQKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+Q", "File|Quit")) );
 \endcode
 
 \section2 Use TQString::arg() for Dynamic Text
diff --git a/doc/mac.doc b/doc/mac.doc
index b863ec8a5..97efe7533 100644
--- a/doc/mac.doc
+++ b/doc/mac.doc
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ used whenever a default menubar is needed.
 in popupmenus that are not in the Mac native menubar.
 
 \i Items with accelerators that have more than one keystroke
-(QKeySequence) will not be honored, and the first key will be used.
+(TQKeySequence) will not be honored, and the first key will be used.
 
 \endlist
 
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt
index 070707889..c97eec8df 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaccel.3qt
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Inherits TQObject.
 .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const QKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void \fBremoveItem\fR ( int id )"
@@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ Inherits TQObject.
 .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBkey\fR ( int id )"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBkey\fR ( int id )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBfindKey\fR ( const QKeySequence & key ) const"
+.BI "int \fBfindKey\fR ( const TQKeySequence & key ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisItemEnabled\fR ( int id ) const"
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ Inherits TQObject.
 .SS "Static Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBshortcutKey\fR ( const TQString & str )"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBshortcutKey\fR ( const TQString & str )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQString keyToString ( QKeySequence k )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "TQString keyToString ( TQKeySequence k )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence stringToKey ( const TQString & s )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "TQKeySequence stringToKey ( const TQString & s )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SS "Protected Members"
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ In most cases, you will not need to use this class directly. Use the TQAction cl
 .PP
 A TQAccel contains a list of accelerator items that can be manipulated using insertItem(), removeItem(), clear(), key() and findKey().
 .PP
-Each accelerator item consists of an identifier and a QKeySequence. A single key sequence consists of a keyboard code combined with modifiers (SHIFT, CTRL, ALT or UNICODE_ACCEL). For example, \fCCTRL + Key_P\fR could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative, use UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character. For example, \fCUNICODE_ACCEL + 'A'\fR gives the same accelerator as Key_A.
+Each accelerator item consists of an identifier and a TQKeySequence. A single key sequence consists of a keyboard code combined with modifiers (SHIFT, CTRL, ALT or UNICODE_ACCEL). For example, \fCCTRL + Key_P\fR could be a shortcut for printing a document. The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative, use UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character. For example, \fCUNICODE_ACCEL + 'A'\fR gives the same accelerator as Key_A.
 .PP
 When an accelerator key is pressed, the accelerator sends out the signal activated() with a number that identifies this particular accelerator item. Accelerator items can also be individually connected, so that two different keys will activate two different slots (see connectItem() and disconnectItem()).
 .PP
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Please note that the accelerator
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-        accelerator->insertItem( QKeySequence("M") );
+        accelerator->insertItem( TQKeySequence("M") );
 .br
 .fi
 can be triggered with both the 'M' key, and with Shift+M, unless a second accelerator is defined for the Shift+M combination.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Example:
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-See also QKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), QKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+See also TQKeyEvent, TQWidget::keyPressEvent(), TQMenuData::setAccel(), TQButton::accel, TQLabel::setBuddy(), TQKeySequence, GUI Design Handbook: Keyboard Shortcuts, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQAccel::TQAccel ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a TQAccel object called \fIname\fR, with parent \fIparent\fR. The accelerator operates on \fIparent\fR.
@@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ See also connectItem().
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code. serves no purpose anymore
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQObject.
-.SH "int TQAccel::findKey ( const QKeySequence & key ) const"
+.SH "int TQAccel::findKey ( const TQKeySequence & key ) const"
 Returns the identifier of the accelerator item with the key code \fIkey\fR, or -1 if the item cannot be found.
-.SH "int TQAccel::insertItem ( const QKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQAccel::insertItem ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id = -1 )"
 Inserts an accelerator item and returns the item's identifier.
 .PP
 \fIkey\fR is a key code and an optional combination of SHIFT, CTRL and ALT. \fIid\fR is the accelerator item id.
@@ -231,14 +231,14 @@ See also setEnabled() and isItemEnabled().
 Returns TRUE if the accelerator item with the identifier \fIid\fR is enabled. Returns FALSE if the item is disabled or cannot be found.
 .PP
 See also setItemEnabled() and isEnabled().
-.SH "QKeySequence TQAccel::key ( int id )"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQAccel::key ( int id )"
 Returns the key sequence of the accelerator item with identifier \fIid\fR, or an invalid key sequence (0) if the id cannot be found.
-.SH "TQString TQAccel::keyToString ( QKeySequence k )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "TQString TQAccel::keyToString ( TQKeySequence k )\fC [static]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Creates an accelerator string for the key \fIk\fR. For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The "Ctrl" etc. are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" context.
 .PP
-The function is superfluous. Cast the QKeySequence \fIk\fR to a TQString for the same effect.
+The function is superfluous. Cast the TQKeySequence \fIk\fR to a TQString for the same effect.
 .SH "void TQAccel::removeItem ( int id )"
 Removes the accelerator item with the identifier \fIid\fR.
 .SH "void TQAccel::repairEventFilter ()"
@@ -263,13 +263,13 @@ The text will be shown when the application is in What's This mode and the user
 To set What's This help on a menu item (with or without an accelerator key), use TQMenuData::setWhatsThis().
 .PP
 See also whatsThis(), TQWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode(), TQMenuData::setWhatsThis(), and TQAction::whatsThis.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str )\fC [static]\fR"
 Returns the shortcut key sequence for \fIstr\fR, or an invalid key sequence (0) if \fIstr\fR has no shortcut sequence.
 .PP
 For example, shortcutKey("E&xit") returns ALT+Key_X, shortcutKey("&Quit") returns ALT+Key_Q and shortcutKey("Quit") returns 0. (In code that does not inherit the TQt namespace class, you must write e.g. TQt::ALT+TQt::Key_Q.)
 .PP
 We provide a list of common accelerators in English. At the time of writing, Microsoft and Open Group do not appear to have issued equivalent recommendations for other languages.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s )\fC [static]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 Returns an accelerator code for the string \fIs\fR. For example" Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl"," Shift", "Alt" are recognized, as well as their translated equivalents in the "TQAccel" context (using TQObject::tr()). Returns 0 if \fIs\fR is not recognized.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ This function is typically used with tr(), so that accelerator keys can be repla
 .PP
 Notice the \fC"File|Open"\fR translator comment. It is by no means necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
 .PP
-The function is superfluous. Construct a QKeySequence from the string \fIs\fR for the same effect.
+The function is superfluous. Construct a TQKeySequence from the string \fIs\fR for the same effect.
 .PP
 See also TQObject::tr() and Internationalization with Qt.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt
index 862763dfb..6d1f6bdbf 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqaction.3qt
@@ -21,16 +21,16 @@ Inherited by TQActionGroup.
 .BI "\fBTQAction\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQAction\fR ( const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQAction\fR ( const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBTQAction\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQAction\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
+.BI "TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQAction ( TQObject * parent, const char * name, bool toggle )  \fI(obsolete)\fR"
@@ -75,10 +75,10 @@ Inherited by TQActionGroup.
 .BI "TQString \fBwhatsThis\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & key )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & key )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetToggleAction\fR ( bool )"
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Inherited by TQActionGroup.
 .SS "Properties"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR - the action's accelerator key"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR - the action's accelerator key"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBenabled\fR - whether the action is enabled"
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is a TQActionGroup, the new action inserts itself into \fIparent
 For accelerators and status tips to work, \fIparent\fR must either be a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the action is later added to.
-.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 This constructor results in an icon-less action with the the menu text \fImenuText\fR and keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. It is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIparent\fR is a TQActionGroup, the action automatically becomes a member of it.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ The action uses a stripped version of \fImenuText\fR (e.g. "&Menu Option..." bec
 Call setToggleAction(TRUE) to make the action a toggle action.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the action is later added to.
-.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 This constructor creates an action with the following properties: the icon or iconset \fIicon\fR, the menu text \fImenuText\fR and keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. It is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR.
 .PP
 If \fIparent\fR is a TQActionGroup, the action automatically becomes a member of it.
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ The action uses a stripped version of \fImenuText\fR (e.g. "&Menu Option..." bec
 Call setToggleAction(TRUE) to make the action a toggle action.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child of a widget that the action is later added to.
-.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )"
+.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This constructor creates an action with the following properties: the description \fItext\fR, the icon or iconset \fIicon\fR, the menu text \fImenuText\fR and keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. It is a child of \fIparent\fR and called \fIname\fR. If \fItoggle\fR is TRUE the action will be a toggle action, otherwise it will be a command action.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is a TQActionGroup, the action automatically becomes a member of
 For accelerators and status tips to work, \fIparent\fR must either be a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 .PP
 The \fItext\fR and \fIaccel\fR will be used for tool tips and status tips unless you provide specific text for these using setToolTip() and setStatusTip().
-.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, QKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )"
+.SH "TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This constructor results in an icon-less action with the description \fItext\fR, the menu text \fImenuText\fR and the keyboard accelerator \fIaccel\fR. Its parent is \fIparent\fR and it is called \fIname\fR. If \fItoggle\fR is TRUE the action will be a toggle action, otherwise it will be a command action.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ If \fIparent\fR is a TQActionGroup, the new action inserts itself into \fIparent
 For accelerators and status tips to work, \fIparent\fR must either be a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 .SH "TQAction::~TQAction ()"
 Destroys the object and frees allocated resources.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQAction::accel () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQAction::accel () const"
 Returns the action's accelerator key. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQAction::activate ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Activates the action and executes all connected slots. This only works for actions that are not toggle action.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Removes the action from widget \fIw\fR.
 Returns TRUE if the action was removed successfully; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also addTo().
-.SH "void TQAction::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & key )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQAction::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the action's accelerator key to \fIkey\fR. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQAction::setDisabled ( bool disable )\fC [slot]\fR"
 Disables the action if \fIdisable\fR is TRUE; otherwise enables the action.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Returns the action's tool tip. See the "toolTip" property for details.
 .SH "TQString TQAction::whatsThis () const"
 Returns the action's "What's This?" help text. See the "whatsThis" property for details.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
-.SH "QKeySequence accel"
+.SH "TQKeySequence accel"
 This property holds the action's accelerator key.
 .PP
 The keycodes can be found in TQt::Key and TQt::Modifier. There is no default accelerator key.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt
index 7bdf866a5..b85395d29 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqapplication.3qt
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ If you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a copy, e.g.
 .PP
 See the plugins documentation for a description of how the library paths are used.
 .PP
-See also setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and QLibrary.
+See also setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
 .SH "void QApplication::lock ()"
 Lock the TQt Library Mutex. If another thread has already locked the mutex, the calling thread will block until the other thread has unlocked the mutex.
 .PP
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ See also globalStrut().
 .SH "void QApplication::setLibraryPaths ( const TQStringList & paths )\fC [static]\fR"
 Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to \fIpaths\fR. All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the paths given in \fIpaths\fR.
 .PP
-See also libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and QLibrary.
+See also libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), and TQLibrary.
 .SH "void QApplication::setMainWidget ( TQWidget * mainWidget )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the application's main widget to \fImainWidget\fR.
 .PP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt
index 74cd6752c..15a644e08 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqbutton.3qt
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ Inherited by TQCheckBox, TQPushButton, TQRadioButton, and TQToolButton.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisToggleButton\fR () const"
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Inherited by TQCheckBox, TQPushButton, TQRadioButton, and TQToolButton.
 .SS "Properties"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR - the accelerator associated with the button"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR - the accelerator associated with the button"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBautoRepeat\fR - whether autoRepeat is enabled"
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Constructs a standard button called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, using t
 If \fIparent\fR is a TQButtonGroup, this constructor calls TQButtonGroup::insert().
 .SH "TQButton::~TQButton ()"
 Destroys the button.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQButton::animateClick ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 Performs an animated click: the button is pressed and released a short while later.
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ Examples:
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ See also clicked().
 .PP
 Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
-.SH "QKeySequence accel"
+.SH "TQKeySequence accel"
 This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 .PP
 This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt
index 49039da05..b8a425717 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcanvas.3qt
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Two or more TQCanvasView objects can view the same canvas.
 An arbitrary transformation matrix can be set on each TQCanvasView which makes it easy to zoom, rotate or shear the viewed canvas.
 .IP
 .TP
-Widgets provide a lot more functionality, such as input (QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent etc.) and layout management (TQGridLayout etc.).
+Widgets provide a lot more functionality, such as input (TQKeyEvent, QMouseEvent etc.) and layout management (TQGridLayout etc.).
 .IP
 .PP
 A canvas consists of a background, a number of canvas items organized by x, y and z coordinates, and a foreground. A canvas item's z coordinate can be treated as a layer number -- canvas items with a higher z coordinate appear in front of canvas items with a lower z coordinate.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt
index c78f10e0c..37170c0a3 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqcheckbox.3qt
@@ -55,10 +55,10 @@ Inherits TQButton.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisToggleButton\fR () const"
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
 Constructs a checkbox with text \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if autoRepeat is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Examples:
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ See also clicked().
 .PP
 Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
-.SH "QKeySequence accel"
+.SH "TQKeySequence accel"
 This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 .PP
 This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt
index 7f1818ae4..6df4d3fba 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdialog.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQDialog \- The base class of dialog windows
 .PP
 Inherits TQWidget.
 .PP
-Inherited by TQColorDialog, TQErrorMessage, TQFileDialog, TQFontDialog, QInputDialog, QMessageBox, TQMotifDialog, TQProgressDialog, TQTabDialog, and TQWizard.
+Inherited by TQColorDialog, TQErrorMessage, TQFileDialog, TQFontDialog, TQInputDialog, QMessageBox, TQMotifDialog, TQProgressDialog, TQTabDialog, and TQWizard.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt
index 69baf258e..d40395f7b 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqdoublevalidator.3qt
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ TQDoubleValidator provides an upper bound, a lower bound and a limit on the numb
 .PP
 You can set the acceptable range in one call with setRange(), or with setBottom() and setTop(). Set the number of decimal places with setDecimals(). The validate() function returns the validation state.
 .PP
-See also QIntValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+See also TQIntValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQDoubleValidator::TQDoubleValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a validator object with parent \fIparent\fR, called \fIname\fR, which accepts any double.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt
index 4633a0897..f0cbd8fb8 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqevent.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQEvent \- The base class of all event classes. Event objects contain event para
 .PP
 Inherits Qt.
 .PP
-Inherited by TQTimerEvent, QMouseEvent, QWheelEvent, TQTabletEvent, QKeyEvent, TQFocusEvent, TQPaintEvent, QMoveEvent, QResizeEvent, TQCloseEvent, TQIconDragEvent, QShowEvent, TQHideEvent, TQContextMenuEvent, QIMEvent, TQDropEvent, TQDragLeaveEvent, TQChildEvent, and TQCustomEvent.
+Inherited by TQTimerEvent, QMouseEvent, QWheelEvent, TQTabletEvent, TQKeyEvent, TQFocusEvent, TQPaintEvent, QMoveEvent, QResizeEvent, TQCloseEvent, TQIconDragEvent, QShowEvent, TQHideEvent, TQContextMenuEvent, TQIMEvent, TQDropEvent, TQDragLeaveEvent, TQChildEvent, and TQCustomEvent.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ This enum type defines the valid event types in Qt. The event types and the spec
 .TP
 \fCTQEvent::MouseMove\fR - Mouse move, QMouseEvent.
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::KeyPress\fR - Key press (including Shift, for example), QKeyEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::KeyPress\fR - Key press (including Shift, for example), TQKeyEvent.
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::KeyRelease\fR - Key release, QKeyEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::KeyRelease\fR - Key release, TQKeyEvent.
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::IMStart\fR - The start of input method composition, QIMEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::IMStart\fR - The start of input method composition, TQIMEvent.
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::IMCompose\fR - Input method composition is taking place, QIMEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::IMCompose\fR - Input method composition is taking place, TQIMEvent.
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::IMEnd\fR - The end of input method composition, QIMEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::IMEnd\fR - The end of input method composition, TQIMEvent.
 .TP
 \fCTQEvent::FocusIn\fR - Widget gains keyboard focus, TQFocusEvent.
 .TP
@@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ This enum type defines the valid event types in Qt. The event types and the spec
 .TP
 \fCTQEvent::DeferredDelete\fR - The object will be deleted after it has cleaned up.
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::Accel\fR - Key press in child for shortcut key handling, QKeyEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::Accel\fR - Key press in child for shortcut key handling, TQKeyEvent.
 .TP
 \fCTQEvent::Wheel\fR - Mouse wheel rolled, QWheelEvent.
 .TP
 \fCTQEvent::ContextMenu\fR - Context popup menu, TQContextMenuEvent
 .TP
-\fCTQEvent::AccelOverride\fR - Key press in child, for overriding shortcut key handling, QKeyEvent.
+\fCTQEvent::AccelOverride\fR - Key press in child, for overriding shortcut key handling, TQKeyEvent.
 .TP
 \fCTQEvent::AccelAvailable\fR - internal.
 .TP
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt
index f41ad32e8..49593eaf3 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqimevent.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QIMEvent 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQIMEvent 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QIMEvent \- Parameters for input method events
+TQIMEvent \- Parameters for input method events
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include \fR
 .PP
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits TQEvent.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQIMEvent\fR ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )"
+.BI "\fBTQIMEvent\fR ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "const TQString & \fBtext\fR () const"
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Inherits TQEvent.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
+The TQIMEvent class provides parameters for input method events.
 .PP
 Input method events are sent to widgets when an input method is used to enter text into a widget. Input methods are widely used to enter text in Asian and other complex languages.
 .PP
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ If the user clicks another widget, taking the focus out of the widget where the
 .PP
 See also Event Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QIMEvent::QIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )"
-Constructs a new QIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. \fItype\fR can be one of TQEvent::IMStartEvent, TQEvent::IMComposeEvent or TQEvent::IMEndEvent. \fItext\fR contains the current compostion string and \fIcursorPosition\fR the current position of the cursor inside \fItext\fR.
-.SH "void QIMEvent::accept ()"
+.SH "TQIMEvent::TQIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )"
+Constructs a new TQIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. \fItype\fR can be one of TQEvent::IMStartEvent, TQEvent::IMComposeEvent or TQEvent::IMEndEvent. \fItext\fR contains the current compostion string and \fIcursorPosition\fR the current position of the cursor inside \fItext\fR.
+.SH "void TQIMEvent::accept ()"
 Sets the accept flag of the input method event object.
 .PP
 Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the event processed the input method event.
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the event processed
 The accept flag is not set by default.
 .PP
 See also ignore().
-.SH "int QIMEvent::cursorPos () const"
+.SH "int TQIMEvent::cursorPos () const"
 Returns the current cursor position inside the composition string. Will return -1 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
-.SH "void QIMEvent::ignore ()"
+.SH "void TQIMEvent::ignore ()"
 Clears the accept flag parameter of the input method event object.
 .PP
 Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver does not want the input method event.
@@ -92,17 +92,17 @@ Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver does not want th
 The accept flag is cleared by default.
 .PP
 See also accept().
-.SH "bool QIMEvent::isAccepted () const"
+.SH "bool TQIMEvent::isAccepted () const"
 Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event processed the event; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "int QIMEvent::selectionLength () const"
+.SH "int TQIMEvent::selectionLength () const"
 Returns the number of characters in the composition string ( starting at cursorPos() ) that should be marked as selected by the input widget receiving the event. Will return 0 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
-.SH "const TQString & QIMEvent::text () const"
+.SH "const TQString & TQIMEvent::text () const"
 Returns the composition text. This is a null string for an
 IMStartEvent, and contains the final accepted string (which may be
 empty) in the IMEndEvent.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qimevent.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqimevent.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt
index 03b6e4f7f..aa59f35cb 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqinputdialog.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QInputDialog 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQInputDialog 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,16 +7,16 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QInputDialog \- Simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user
+TQInputDialog \- Simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include \fR
+\fC#include \fR
 .PP
 Inherits TQDialog.
 .PP
 .SS "Static Public Members"
 
        • TQString \fBgetText\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) 
        • int \fBgetInteger\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) 
        • double \fBgetDouble\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) 
        • TQString \fBgetItem\fR ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user.
+The TQInputDialog class provides a simple convenience dialog to get a single value from the user.
 .PP
 The input value can be a string, a number or an item from a list. A label must be set to tell the user what they should enter.
 .PP
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Four static convenience functions are provided: getText(), getInteger(), getDoub
 .br
     bool ok;
 .br
-    TQString text = QInputDialog::getText(
+    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
 .br
             "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
 .br
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Four static convenience functions are provided: getText(), getInteger(), getDoub
 .PP
 See also Dialog Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "double QInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
 Static convenience function to get a floating point number from the user. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fIvalue\fR is the default floating point number that the line edit will be set to. \fIminValue\fR and \fImaxValue\fR are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose, and \fIdecimals\fR is the maximum number of decimal places the number may have.
 .PP
 If \fIok\fR is not-null \fI*\fR\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal.
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
 .br
     bool ok;
 .br
-    double res = QInputDialog::getDouble(
+    double res = TQInputDialog::getDouble(
 .br
             "MyApp 3000", "Enter a decimal number:", 33.7, 0,
 .br
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
     }
 .br
 .fi
-.SH "int QInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
 Static convenience function to get an integer input from the user. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fIvalue\fR is the default integer which the spinbox will be set to. \fIminValue\fR and \fImaxValue\fR are the minimum and maximum values the user may choose, and \fIstep\fR is the amount by which the values change as the user presses the arrow buttons to increment or decrement the value.
 .PP
 If \fIok\fR is not-null *\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
 .br
     bool ok;
 .br
-    int res = QInputDialog::getInteger(
+    int res = TQInputDialog::getInteger(
 .br
             "MyApp 3000", "Enter a number:", 22, 0, 1000, 2,
 .br
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
     }
 .br
 .fi
-.SH "TQString QInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
 Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a string list. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fIlist\fR is the string list which is inserted into the combobox, and \fIcurrent\fR is the number of the item which should be the current item. If \fIeditable\fR is TRUE the user can enter their own text; if \fIeditable\fR is FALSE the user may only select one of the existing items.
 .PP
 If \fIok\fR is not-null \fI*\fR\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal.
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
 .br
     bool ok;
 .br
-    TQString res = QInputDialog::getItem(
+    TQString res = TQInputDialog::getItem(
 .br
             "MyApp 3000", "Select an item:", lst, 1, TRUE, &ok,
 .br
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
     }
 .br
 .fi
-.SH "TQString QInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )\fC [static]\fR"
 Static convenience function to get a string from the user. \fIcaption\fR is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the dialog. \fIlabel\fR is the text which is shown to the user (it should say what should be entered). \fItext\fR is the default text which is placed in the line edit. The \fImode\fR is the echo mode the line edit will use. If \fIok\fR is not-null \fI*\fR\fIok\fR will be set to TRUE if the user pressed OK and to FALSE if the user pressed Cancel. The dialog's parent is \fIparent\fR; the dialog is called \fIname\fR. The dialog will be modal.
 .PP
 This function returns the text which has been entered in the line edit. It will not return an empty string.
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
 .br
     bool ok;
 .br
-    TQString text = QInputDialog::getText(
+    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
 .br
             "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
 .br
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Use this static function like this:
 .fi
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqinputdialog.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqinputdialog.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt
index d9bdbdd13..399476f23 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqintvalidator.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QIntValidator 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQIntValidator 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QIntValidator \- Validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range
+TQIntValidator \- Validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include \fR
 .PP
@@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ Inherits TQValidator.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQIntValidator\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQIntValidator\fR ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQIntValidator\fR ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQIntValidator\fR ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QIntValidator\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQIntValidator\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual TQValidator::State \fBvalidate\fR ( TQString & input, int & ) const"
@@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ Inherits TQValidator.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QIntValidator class provides a validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
+The TQIntValidator class provides a validator which ensures that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
 .PP
 Example of use:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    TQValidator* validator = new QIntValidator( 100, 999, this );
+    TQValidator* validator = new TQIntValidator( 100, 999, this );
 .br
     TQLineEdit* edit = new TQLineEdit( this );
 .br
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would normally be
 .br
     int pos = 0;
 .br
-    QIntValidator v( 100, 999, this );
+    TQIntValidator v( 100, 999, this );
 .br
 .br
     str = "1";
@@ -121,23 +121,23 @@ The minimum and maximum values are set in one call with setRange() or individual
 .PP
 See also TQDoubleValidator, TQRegExpValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QIntValidator::QIntValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQIntValidator::TQIntValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a validator called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, that accepts all integers.
-.SH "QIntValidator::QIntValidator ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
+.SH "TQIntValidator::TQIntValidator ( int minimum, int maximum, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a validator called \fIname\fR with parent \fIparent\fR, that accepts integers from \fIminimum\fR to \fImaximum\fR inclusive.
-.SH "QIntValidator::~QIntValidator ()"
+.SH "TQIntValidator::~TQIntValidator ()"
 Destroys the validator, freeing any resources allocated.
-.SH "int QIntValidator::bottom () const"
+.SH "int TQIntValidator::bottom () const"
 Returns the validator's lowest acceptable value. See the "bottom" property for details.
-.SH "void QIntValidator::setBottom ( int )"
+.SH "void TQIntValidator::setBottom ( int )"
 Sets the validator's lowest acceptable value. See the "bottom" property for details.
-.SH "void QIntValidator::setRange ( int bottom, int top )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQIntValidator::setRange ( int bottom, int top )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the range of the validator to only accept integers between \fIbottom\fR and \fItop\fR inclusive.
-.SH "void QIntValidator::setTop ( int )"
+.SH "void TQIntValidator::setTop ( int )"
 Sets the validator's highest acceptable value. See the "top" property for details.
-.SH "int QIntValidator::top () const"
+.SH "int TQIntValidator::top () const"
 Returns the validator's highest acceptable value. See the "top" property for details.
-.SH "TQValidator::State QIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "TQValidator::State TQIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Returns Acceptable if the \fIinput\fR is an integer within the valid range, Intermediate if the \fIinput\fR is an integer outside the valid range and Invalid if the \fIinput\fR is not an integer.
 .PP
 Note: If the valid range consists of just positive integers (e.g. 32 - 100) and \fIinput\fR is a negative integer then Invalid is returned.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Set this property's value with setTop() and get this property's value with top()
 See also setRange().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qintvalidator.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqintvalidator.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt
index f3dea1557..2d203de58 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqkeyevent.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QKeyEvent 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQKeyEvent 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QKeyEvent \- Describes a key event
+TQKeyEvent \- Describes a key event
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include \fR
 .PP
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Inherits TQEvent.
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQKeyEvent\fR ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )"
+.BI "\fBTQKeyEvent\fR ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBkey\fR () const"
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ Inherits TQEvent.
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
+The TQKeyEvent class contains describes a key event.
 .PP
 Key events occur when a key is pressed or released when a widget has keyboard input focus.
 .PP
-A key event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the key event. You should call QKeyEvent::ignore() if the key press or release event is not handled by your widget. A key event is propagated up the parent widget chain until a widget accepts it with QKeyEvent::accept() or an event filter consumes it. Key events for multi media keys are ignored by default. You should call QKeyEvent::accept() if your widget handles those events.
+A key event contains a special accept flag that indicates whether the receiver wants the key event. You should call TQKeyEvent::ignore() if the key press or release event is not handled by your widget. A key event is propagated up the parent widget chain until a widget accepts it with TQKeyEvent::accept() or an event filter consumes it. Key events for multi media keys are ignored by default. You should call TQKeyEvent::accept() if your widget handles those events.
 .PP
 The TQWidget::setEnable() function can be used to enable or disable mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
 .PP
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ The event handlers TQWidget::keyPressEvent() and TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent() rec
 .PP
 See also TQFocusEvent, TQWidget::grabKeyboard(), and Event Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QKeyEvent::QKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )"
+.SH "TQKeyEvent::TQKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )"
 Constructs a key event object.
 .PP
 The \fItype\fR parameter must be TQEvent::KeyPress or TQEvent::KeyRelease. If \fIkey\fR is 0 the event is not a result of a known key (e.g. it may be the result of a compose sequence or keyboard macro). \fIascii\fR is the ASCII code of the key that was pressed or released. \fIstate\fR holds the keyboard modifiers. \fItext\fR is the Unicode text that the key generated. If \fIautorep\fR is TRUE, isAutoRepeat() will be TRUE. \fIcount\fR is the number of single keys.
 .PP
 The accept flag is set to TRUE.
-.SH "void QKeyEvent::accept ()"
+.SH "void TQKeyEvent::accept ()"
 Sets the accept flag of the key event object.
 .PP
 Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the event wants the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the parent widget.
@@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ Setting the accept parameter indicates that the receiver of the event wants the
 The accept flag is set by default.
 .PP
 See also ignore().
-.SH "int QKeyEvent::ascii () const"
+.SH "int TQKeyEvent::ascii () const"
 Returns the ASCII code of the key that was pressed or released. We recommend using text() instead.
 .PP
 See also text().
 .PP
 Example: picture/picture.cpp.
-.SH "int QKeyEvent::count () const"
+.SH "int TQKeyEvent::count () const"
 Returns the number of single keys for this event. If text() is not empty, this is simply the length of the string.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
-.SH "void QKeyEvent::ignore ()"
+.SH "void TQKeyEvent::ignore ()"
 Clears the accept flag parameter of the key event object.
 .PP
 Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver does not want the key event. Unwanted key events are sent to the parent widget.
@@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver does not want th
 The accept flag is set by default.
 .PP
 See also accept().
-.SH "bool QKeyEvent::isAccepted () const"
+.SH "bool TQKeyEvent::isAccepted () const"
 Returns TRUE if the receiver of the event wants to keep the key; otherwise returns FALSE
-.SH "bool QKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat () const"
+.SH "bool TQKeyEvent::isAutoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if this event comes from an auto-repeating key and FALSE if it comes from an initial key press.
 .PP
 Note that if the event is a multiple-key compressed event that is partly due to auto-repeat, this function could return either TRUE or FALSE indeterminately.
-.SH "int QKeyEvent::key () const"
+.SH "int TQKeyEvent::key () const"
 Returns the code of the key that was pressed or released.
 .PP
 See TQt::Key for the list of keyboard codes. These codes are independent of the underlying window system.
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ A value of either 0 or Key_unknown means that the event is not the result of a k
 See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
 .PP
 Example: fileiconview/tqfileiconview.cpp.
-.SH "ButtonState QKeyEvent::state () const"
+.SH "ButtonState TQKeyEvent::state () const"
 Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately before the event occurred.
 .PP
 The returned value is ShiftButton, ControlButton, AltButton and MetaButton OR'ed together.
@@ -118,19 +118,19 @@ The returned value is ShiftButton, ControlButton, AltButton and MetaButton OR'ed
 See also stateAfter().
 .PP
 Example: fileiconview/tqfileiconview.cpp.
-.SH "ButtonState QKeyEvent::stateAfter () const"
+.SH "ButtonState TQKeyEvent::stateAfter () const"
 Returns the keyboard modifier flags that existed immediately after the event occurred.
 .PP
 \fBWarning:\fR This function cannot be trusted.
 .PP
 See also state().
-.SH "TQString QKeyEvent::text () const"
+.SH "TQString TQKeyEvent::text () const"
 Returns the Unicode text that this key generated. The text returned migth be empty, which is the case when pressing or releasing modifying keys as Shift, Control, Alt and Meta. In these cases key() will contain a valid value.
 .PP
 See also TQWidget::setKeyCompression().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/qkeyevent.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqkeyevent.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt
index 3db4b8ac4..799fdd12c 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqkeysequence.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QKeySequence 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQKeySequence 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,31 +7,31 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QKeySequence \- Encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators
+TQKeySequence \- Encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fC#include \fR
+\fC#include \fR
 .PP
 Inherits Qt.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ()"
+.BI "\fBTQKeySequence\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( const TQString & key )"
+.BI "\fBTQKeySequence\fR ( const TQString & key )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( int key )"
+.BI "\fBTQKeySequence\fR ( int key )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 )"
+.BI "\fBTQKeySequence\fR ( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQKeySequence\fR ( const QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.BI "\fBTQKeySequence\fR ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fB~QKeySequence\fR ()"
+.BI "\fB~TQKeySequence\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Inherits Qt.
 .BI "bool \fBisEmpty\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQt::SequenceMatch \fBmatches\fR ( const QKeySequence & seq ) const"
+.BI "TQt::SequenceMatch \fBmatches\fR ( const TQKeySequence & seq ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "\fBoperator TQString\fR () const"
@@ -52,26 +52,26 @@ Inherits Qt.
 .BI "int \fBoperator[]\fR ( uint index ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence & \fBoperator=\fR ( const QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.BI "TQKeySequence & \fBoperator=\fR ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const QKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBoperator==\fR ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const QKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
+.BI "bool \fBoperator!=\fR ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( TQDataStream & s, const QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.BI "TQDataStream & \fBoperator<<\fR ( TQDataStream & s, const TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "TQDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( TQDataStream & s, QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.BI "TQDataStream & \fBoperator>>\fR ( TQDataStream & s, TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators.
+The TQKeySequence class encapsulates a key sequence as used by accelerators.
 .PP
 A key sequence consists of up to four keyboard codes, each optionally combined with modifiers, e.g. SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META, or UNICODE_ACCEL. For example, \fCCTRL + Key_P\fR might be a sequence used as a shortcut for printing a document. The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h. As an alternative, use UNICODE_ACCEL with the unicode code point of the character. For example, \fCUNICODE_ACCEL + 'A'\fR gives the same key sequence as Key_A.
 .PP
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code, or from a huma
 .PP
 See also TQAccel and Miscellaneous Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ()"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ()"
 Constructs an empty key sequence.
-.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ( const TQString & key )"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQString & key )"
 Creates a key sequence from the string \fIkey\fR. For example" Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl"," Shift", "Alt" and "Meta" are recognized, as well as their translated equivalents in the "TQAccel" context (using TQObject::tr()).
 .PP
 Multiple key codes (up to four) may be entered by separating them with commas, e.g. "Alt+X,Ctrl+S,Q".
@@ -94,57 +94,57 @@ This contructor is typically used with tr(), so that accelerator keys can be rep
 .br
         file->insertItem( tr("&Open..."), this, TQ_SLOT(open()),
 .br
-                          QKeySequence( tr("Ctrl+O", "File|Open") ) );
+                          TQKeySequence( tr("Ctrl+O", "File|Open") ) );
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
 Note the \fC"File|Open"\fR translator comment. It is by no means necessary, but it provides some context for the human translator.
-.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ( int key )"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( int key )"
 Constructs a key sequence that has a single \fIkey\fR.
 .PP
 The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h and can be combined with modifiers, e.g. with SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META or UNICODE_ACCEL.
-.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 )"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( int k1, int k2, int k3 = 0, int k4 = 0 )"
 Constructs a key sequence with up to 4 keys \fIk1\fR, \fIk2\fR, \fIk3\fR and \fIk4\fR.
 .PP
 The key codes are listed in ntqnamespace.h and can be combined with modifiers, e.g. with SHIFT, CTRL, ALT, META or UNICODE_ACCEL.
-.SH "QKeySequence::QKeySequence ( const QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 Copy constructor. Makes a copy of \fIkeysequence\fR.
-.SH "QKeySequence::~QKeySequence ()"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::~TQKeySequence ()"
 Destroys the key sequence.
-.SH "uint QKeySequence::count () const"
+.SH "uint TQKeySequence::count () const"
 Returns the number of keys in the key sequence. The maximum is 4.
-.SH "bool QKeySequence::isEmpty () const"
+.SH "bool TQKeySequence::isEmpty () const"
 Returns TRUE if the key sequence is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "TQt::SequenceMatch QKeySequence::matches ( const QKeySequence & seq ) const"
+.SH "TQt::SequenceMatch TQKeySequence::matches ( const TQKeySequence & seq ) const"
 Matches the sequence with \fIseq\fR. Returns TQt::Identical if successful, TQt::PartialMatch for matching but incomplete \fIseq\fR, and TQt::NoMatch if the sequences have nothing in common. Returns TQt::NoMatch if \fIseq\fR is shorter.
-.SH "QKeySequence::operator TQString () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::operator TQString () const"
 Creates an accelerator string for the key sequence. For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g." Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" scope. If the key sequence has no keys, TQString::null is returned.
 .PP
 On Mac OS X, the string returned resembles the sequence that is shown in the menubar.
-.SH "QKeySequence::operator int () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence::operator int () const"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 For backward compatibility: returns the first keycode as integer. If the key sequence is empty, 0 is returned.
-.SH "bool QKeySequence::operator!= ( const QKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
+.SH "bool TQKeySequence::operator!= ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
 Returns TRUE if \fIkeysequence\fR is not equal to this key sequence; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "QKeySequence & QKeySequence::operator= ( const QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.SH "TQKeySequence & TQKeySequence::operator= ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 Assignment operator. Assigns \fIkeysequence\fR to this object.
-.SH "bool QKeySequence::operator== ( const QKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
+.SH "bool TQKeySequence::operator== ( const TQKeySequence & keysequence ) const"
 Returns TRUE if \fIkeysequence\fR is equal to this key sequence; otherwise returns FALSE.
-.SH "int QKeySequence::operator[] ( uint index ) const"
+.SH "int TQKeySequence::operator[] ( uint index ) const"
 Returns a reference to the element at position \fIindex\fR in the key sequence. This can only be used to read an element.
 .SH RELATED FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.SH "TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 Writes the key sequence \fIkeysequence\fR to the stream \fIs\fR.
 .PP
 See also Format of the TQDataStream operators.
-.SH "TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, QKeySequence & keysequence )"
+.SH "TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQKeySequence & keysequence )"
 Reads a key sequence from the stream \fIs\fR into the key sequence \fIkeysequence\fR.
 .PP
 See also Format of the TQDataStream operators.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqkeysequence.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqkeysequence.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt
index c48d13ee8..143cf39e4 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlibrary.3qt
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 '\" t
-.TH QLibrary 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
+.TH TQLibrary 3qt "2 February 2007" "Trolltech AS" \" -*- nroff -*-
 .\" Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.  See the
 .\" license file included in the distribution for a complete license
 .\" statement.
@@ -7,19 +7,19 @@
 .ad l
 .nh
 .SH NAME
-QLibrary \- Wrapper for handling shared libraries
+TQLibrary \- Wrapper for handling shared libraries
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
          
 .PP
-\fC#include \fR
+\fC#include \fR
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQLibrary\fR ( const TQString & filename )"
+.BI "\fBTQLibrary\fR ( const TQString & filename )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual \fB~QLibrary\fR ()"
+.BI "virtual \fB~TQLibrary\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "void * \fBresolve\fR ( const char * symb )"
@@ -50,15 +50,15 @@ All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread supp
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
-The QLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
+The TQLibrary class provides a wrapper for handling shared libraries.
 .PP
-An instance of a QLibrary object can handle a single shared library and provide access to the functionality in the library in a platform independent way. If the library is a component server, QLibrary provides access to the exported component and can directly query this component for interfaces.
+An instance of a TQLibrary object can handle a single shared library and provide access to the functionality in the library in a platform independent way. If the library is a component server, TQLibrary provides access to the exported component and can directly query this component for interfaces.
 .PP
-QLibrary ensures that the shared library is loaded and stays in memory whilst it is in use. QLibrary can also unload the library on destruction and release unused resources.
+TQLibrary ensures that the shared library is loaded and stays in memory whilst it is in use. TQLibrary can also unload the library on destruction and release unused resources.
 .PP
-A typical use of QLibrary is to resolve an exported symbol in a shared object, and to call the function that this symbol represents. This is called "explicit linking" in contrast to" implicit linking", which is done by the link step in the build process when linking an executable against a library.
+A typical use of TQLibrary is to resolve an exported symbol in a shared object, and to call the function that this symbol represents. This is called "explicit linking" in contrast to" implicit linking", which is done by the link step in the build process when linking an executable against a library.
 .PP
-The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol" mysymbol", and calls the function if everything succeeded. If something went wrong, e.g. the library file does not exist or the symbol is not defined, the function pointer will be 0 and won't be called. When the QLibrary object is destroyed the library will be unloaded, making all references to memory allocated in the library invalid.
+The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol" mysymbol", and calls the function if everything succeeded. If something went wrong, e.g. the library file does not exist or the symbol is not defined, the function pointer will be 0 and won't be called. When the TQLibrary object is destroyed the library will be unloaded, making all references to memory allocated in the library invalid.
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol" mysymbol", and
     MyPrototype myFunction;
 .br
 .br
-    QLibrary myLib( "mylib" );
+    TQLibrary myLib( "mylib" );
 .br
     myFunction = (MyPrototype) myLib.resolve( "mysymbol" );
 .br
@@ -81,28 +81,28 @@ The following code snippet loads a library, resolves the symbol" mysymbol", and
 .PP
 See also Plugins.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
-.SH "QLibrary::QLibrary ( const TQString & filename )"
-Creates a QLibrary object for the shared library \fIfilename\fR. The library will be unloaded in the destructor.
+.SH "TQLibrary::TQLibrary ( const TQString & filename )"
+Creates a TQLibrary object for the shared library \fIfilename\fR. The library will be unloaded in the destructor.
 .PP
 Note that \fIfilename\fR does not need to include the (platform specific) file extension, so calling
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QLibrary lib( "mylib" );
+    TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
 .br
 .fi
 is equivalent to calling
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QLibrary lib( "mylib.dll" );
+    TQLibrary lib( "mylib.dll" );
 .br
 .fi
 on Windows, and
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QLibrary lib( "libmylib.so" );
+    TQLibrary lib( "libmylib.so" );
 .br
 .fi
 on Unix. Specifying the extension is not recommended, since doing so introduces a platform dependency.
@@ -110,34 +110,34 @@ on Unix. Specifying the extension is not recommended, since doing so introduces
 If \fIfilename\fR does not include a path, the library loader will look for the file in the platform specific search paths.
 .PP
 See also load(), unload(), and setAutoUnload().
-.SH "QLibrary::~QLibrary ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Deletes the QLibrary object.
+.SH "TQLibrary::~TQLibrary ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+Deletes the TQLibrary object.
 .PP
 The library will be unloaded if autoUnload() is TRUE (the default), otherwise it stays in memory until the application exits.
 .PP
 See also unload() and setAutoUnload().
-.SH "bool QLibrary::autoUnload () const"
+.SH "bool TQLibrary::autoUnload () const"
 Returns TRUE if the library will be automatically unloaded when this wrapper object is destructed; otherwise returns FALSE. The default is TRUE.
 .PP
 See also setAutoUnload().
-.SH "bool QLibrary::isLoaded () const"
+.SH "bool TQLibrary::isLoaded () const"
 Returns TRUE if the library is loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also unload().
-.SH "TQString QLibrary::library () const"
-Returns the filename of the shared library this QLibrary object handles, including the platform specific file extension.
+.SH "TQString TQLibrary::library () const"
+Returns the filename of the shared library this TQLibrary object handles, including the platform specific file extension.
 .PP
 For example:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    QLibrary lib( "mylib" );
+    TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
 .br
     TQString str = lib.library();
 .br
 .fi
 will set \fIstr\fR to "mylib.dll" on Windows, and "libmylib.so" on Linux.
-.SH "bool QLibrary::load ()"
+.SH "bool TQLibrary::load ()"
 Loads the library. Since resolve() always calls this function before resolving any symbols it is not necessary to call it explicitly. In some situations you might want the library loaded in advance, in which case you would use this function.
 .PP
 On Darwin and Mac OS X this function uses code from dlcompat, part of the OpenDarwin project.
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
 The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 .PP
 THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.SH "void * QLibrary::resolve ( const char * symb )"
+.SH "void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const char * symb )"
 Returns the address of the exported symbol \fIsymb\fR. The library is loaded if necessary. The function returns 0 if the symbol could not be resolved or the library could not be loaded.
 .PP
 .nf
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
 The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
 .PP
 THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-.SH "void * QLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb )\fC [static]\fR"
+.SH "void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb )\fC [static]\fR"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Loads the library \fIfilename\fR and returns the address of the exported symbol \fIsymb\fR. Note that like the constructor, \fIfilename\fR does not need to include the (platform specific) file extension. The library remains loaded until the process exits.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ This function is useful only if you want to resolve a single symbol, e.g. a func
 .br
     if ( !ptrFunction && !triedResolve )
 .br
-        ptrFunction = QLibrary::resolve( "mylib", "mysymb" );
+        ptrFunction = TQLibrary::resolve( "mylib", "mysymb" );
 .br
 .br
     if ( ptrFunction )
@@ -240,14 +240,14 @@ This function is useful only if you want to resolve a single symbol, e.g. a func
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-If you want to resolve multiple symbols, use a QLibrary object and call the non-static version of resolve().
+If you want to resolve multiple symbols, use a TQLibrary object and call the non-static version of resolve().
 .PP
 See also
-.SH "void QLibrary::setAutoUnload ( bool enabled )"
+.SH "void TQLibrary::setAutoUnload ( bool enabled )"
 If \fIenabled\fR is TRUE (the default), the wrapper object is set to automatically unload the library upon destruction. If \fIenabled\fR is FALSE, the wrapper object is not unloaded unless you explicitly call unload().
 .PP
 See also autoUnload().
-.SH "bool QLibrary::unload ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "bool TQLibrary::unload ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Unloads the library and returns TRUE if the library could be unloaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 This function is called by the destructor if autoUnload() is enabled.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ This function is called by the destructor if autoUnload() is enabled.
 See also resolve().
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
-.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqlibrary.html
+.BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqlibrary.html
 .BR http://www.trolltech.com/faq/tech.html
 .SH COPYRIGHT
 Copyright 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA, http://www.trolltech.com.  See the
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt
index 2cab9ad32..4b2e530ac 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqlineedit.3qt
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Inherits TQFrame.
 .SS "Protected Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( QKeyEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( TQKeyEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual TQPopupMenu * \fBcreatePopupMenu\fR ()"
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the line edit is read only; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "re
 Returns TRUE if redo is available; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "redoAvailable" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQLineEdit::isUndoAvailable () const"
 Returns TRUE if undo is available; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "undoAvailable" property for details.
-.SH "void TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQLineEdit::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Converts key press event \fIe\fR into a line edit action.
 .PP
 If Return or Enter is pressed and the current text is valid (or can be made valid by the validator), the signal returnPressed() is emitted.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Sets this line edit to only accept input that the validator, \fIv\fR, will accep
 .PP
 If \fIv\fR == 0, setValidator() removes the current input validator. The initial setting is to have no input validator (i.e. any input is accepted up to maxLength()).
 .PP
-See also validator(), QIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
+See also validator(), TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l lineedits/lineedits.cpp and wizard/wizard.cpp.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt
index 2d9efaf8a..52ebfa967 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmenubar.3qt
@@ -58,16 +58,16 @@ Inherits TQFrame and TQMenuData.
 .SS "Important Inherited Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ This signal is emitted when a menu item is highlighted; \fIid\fR is the id of th
 Normally, you will connect each menu item to a single slot using TQMenuData::insertItem(), but sometimes you will want to connect several items to a single slot (most often if the user selects from an array). This signal is useful in such cases.
 .PP
 See also activated() and TQMenuData::insertItem().
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a popup menu or a menu bar.
 .PP
 A menu item is usually either a text string or a pixmap, both with an optional icon or keyboard accelerator. For special cases it is also possible to insert custom items (see TQCustomMenuItem) or even widgets into popup menus.
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntq
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\
 Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0).
 .PP
 See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a
 Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0).
 .PP
 See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the pixmap in the item. The item is connected to the \fImember\fR slot in the \fIreceiver\fR object.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt
index 31a55f178..f241407fb 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqmenudata.3qt
@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@ Inherited by TQMenuBar and TQPopupMenu.
 .BI "uint \fBcount\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
@@ -82,10 +82,10 @@ Inherited by TQMenuBar and TQPopupMenu.
 .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR ( int id ) const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR ( int id ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & key, int id )"
+.BI "void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQIconSet * \fBiconSet\fR ( int id ) const"
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ See also TQAccel, TQPopupMenu, TQAction, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 Constructs an empty menu data list.
 .SH "TQMenuData::~TQMenuData ()\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Removes all menu items and disconnects any signals that have been connected.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const"
 Returns the accelerator key that has been defined for the menu item \fIid\fR, or 0 if it has no accelerator key or if there is no such menu item.
 .PP
 See also setAccel(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Returns the index of the menu item with identifier \fIid\fR, or -1 if there is n
 See also idAt() and findItem().
 .PP
 Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a popup menu or a menu bar.
 .PP
 A menu item is usually either a text string or a pixmap, both with an optional icon or keyboard accelerator. For special cases it is also possible to insert custom items (see TQCustomMenuItem) or even widgets into popup menus.
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntq
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\
 Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0).
 .PP
 See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a
 Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0).
 .PP
 See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the pixmap in the item. The item is connected to the \fImember\fR slot in the \fIreceiver\fR object.
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ Example: chart/chartform.cpp.
 Removes the menu item at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 See also removeItem() and clear().
-.SH "void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & key, int id )"
+.SH "void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )"
 Sets the accelerator key for the menu item \fIid\fR to \fIkey\fR.
 .PP
 An accelerator key consists of a key code and a combination of the modifiers \fCSHIFT\fR, \fCCTRL\fR, \fCALT\fR or \fCUNICODE_ACCEL\fR (OR'ed or added). The header file ntqnamespace.h contains a list of key codes.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt
index 1c72fbd89..841426d75 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobject.3qt
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ Example:
 .br
             if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
 .br
-                QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent*)ev;
+                TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent*)ev;
 .br
                 tqDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
 .br
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Here's a \fCKeyPressEater\fR class that eats the key presses of its monitored ob
 .br
             // special processing for key press
 .br
-            QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)e;
+            TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent *)e;
 .br
             tqDebug( "Ate key press %d", k->key() );
 .br
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt
index d6f4c5254..91d620cd1 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqobjectcleanuphandler.3qt
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Example:
 .PP
 .nf
 .br
-    class FactoryComponent : public FactoryInterface, public QLibraryInterface
+    class FactoryComponent : public FactoryInterface, public TQLibraryInterface
 .br
     {
 .br
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Example:
     }
 .br
 .br
-    // QLibraryInterface implementation
+    // TQLibraryInterface implementation
 .br
     bool FactoryComponent::init()
 .br
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt
index b9451474d..aeaf43a07 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpopupmenu.3qt
@@ -70,16 +70,16 @@ Inherits TQFrame and TQMenuData.
 .SS "Important Inherited Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "int \fBinsertItem\fR ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ Inherits TQFrame and TQMenuData.
 .BI "void \fBclear\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR ( int id ) const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR ( int id ) const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & key, int id )"
+.BI "void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQIconSet * \fBiconSet\fR ( int id ) const"
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ This signal is emitted just before the popup menu is displayed. You can connect
 See also aboutToHide(), setItemEnabled(), setItemChecked(), insertItem(), and removeItem().
 .PP
 Example: mdi/application.cpp.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQMenuData::accel ( int id ) const"
 Returns the accelerator key that has been defined for the menu item \fIid\fR, or 0 if it has no accelerator key or if there is no such menu item.
 .PP
 See also setAccel(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Returns the id of the item at \fIpos\fR, or -1 if there is no item there or if it is a separator.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a popup menu or a menu bar.
 .PP
 A menu item is usually either a text string or a pixmap, both with an optional icon or keyboard accelerator. For special cases it is also possible to insert custom items (see TQCustomMenuItem) or even widgets into popup menus.
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntq
 .PP
 Examples:
 .)l addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, text \fItext\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\
 Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0).
 .PP
 See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The menu item is connected it to the \fIreceiver\fR's \fImember\fR slot. The icon will be displayed to the left of the text in the item.
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ To look best when being highlighted as a menu item, the pixmap should provide a
 Returns the allocated menu identifier number (\fIid\fR if \fIid\fR >= 0).
 .PP
 See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
-.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const QKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
+.SH "int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )"
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 .PP
 Inserts a menu item with icon \fIicon\fR, pixmap \fIpixmap\fR, accelerator \fIaccel\fR, optional id \fIid\fR, and optional \fIindex\fR position. The icon will be displayed to the left of the pixmap in the item. The item is connected to the \fImember\fR slot in the \fIreceiver\fR object.
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ Example: chart/chartform.cpp.
 Removes the menu item at position \fIindex\fR.
 .PP
 See also removeItem() and clear().
-.SH "void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & key, int id )"
+.SH "void TQMenuData::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & key, int id )"
 Sets the accelerator key for the menu item \fIid\fR to \fIkey\fR.
 .PP
 An accelerator key consists of a key code and a combination of the modifiers SHIFT, CTRL, ALT or UNICODE_ACCEL (OR'ed or added). The header file ntqnamespace.h contains a list of key codes.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt
index 651b341ee..57f495f90 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqpushbutton.3qt
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@ Inherits TQButton.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisToggleButton\fR () const"
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Note that you can also pass a TQPixmap object as an icon (thanks to the implicit
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
 .SH "TQPushButton::~TQPushButton ()"
 Destroys the push button.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQPushButton::autoDefault () const"
 Returns TRUE if the push button is the auto default button; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoDefault" property for details.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Examples:
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQPushButton::setAutoDefault ( bool autoDef )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether the push button is the auto default button to \fIautoDef\fR. See the "autoDefault" property for details.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ See also clicked().
 .PP
 Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
-.SH "QKeySequence accel"
+.SH "TQKeySequence accel"
 This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 .PP
 This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt
index bd0c806b6..fed88c21d 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqradiobutton.3qt
@@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ Inherits TQButton.
 .BI "virtual void \fBsetPixmap\fR ( const TQPixmap & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
+.BI "TQKeySequence \fBaccel\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const QKeySequence & )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBsetAccel\fR ( const TQKeySequence & )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "bool \fBisToggleButton\fR () const"
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructo
 Constructs a radio button with the text \fItext\fR.
 .PP
 The \fIparent\fR and \fIname\fR arguments are sent on to the TQWidget constructor.
-.SH "QKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
+.SH "TQKeySequence TQButton::accel () const"
 Returns the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQButton::autoRepeat () const"
 Returns TRUE if autoRepeat is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Examples:
 This signal is emitted when the button is released.
 .PP
 See also pressed(), clicked(), and toggled().
-.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const QKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
+.SH "void TQButton::setAccel ( const TQKeySequence & )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets the accelerator associated with the button. See the "accel" property for details.
 .SH "void TQButton::setAutoRepeat ( bool )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Sets whether autoRepeat is enabled. See the "autoRepeat" property for details.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ See also clicked().
 .PP
 Example: listbox/listbox.cpp.
 .SS "Property Documentation"
-.SH "QKeySequence accel"
+.SH "TQKeySequence accel"
 This property holds the accelerator associated with the button.
 .PP
 This property is 0 if there is no accelerator set. If you set this property to 0 then any current accelerator is removed.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt
index 0f0815291..4f620be65 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqregexpvalidator.3qt
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would normally be
 .br
 .fi
 .PP
-See also TQRegExp, QIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
+See also TQRegExp, TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and Miscellaneous Classes.
 .SH MEMBER FUNCTION DOCUMENTATION
 .SH "TQRegExpValidator::TQRegExpValidator ( TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )"
 Constructs a validator that accepts any string (including an empty one) as valid. The object's parent is \fIparent\fR and its name is \fIname\fR.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt
index fafdfd54f..60183decb 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqspinbox.3qt
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Sets the special-value text to \fItext\fR. See the "specialValueText" property f
 .SH "void TQSpinBox::setSuffix ( const TQString & text )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets the suffix of the spin box to \fItext\fR. See the "suffix" property for details.
 .SH "void TQSpinBox::setValidator ( const TQValidator * v )\fC [virtual]\fR"
-Sets the validator to \fIv\fR. The validator controls what keyboard input is accepted when the user is editing in the value field. The default is to use a suitable QIntValidator.
+Sets the validator to \fIv\fR. The validator controls what keyboard input is accepted when the user is editing in the value field. The default is to use a suitable TQIntValidator.
 .PP
 Use setValidator(0) to turn off input validation (entered input will still be kept within the spin box's range).
 .SH "void TQSpinBox::setValue ( int value )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt
index fab9ffe64..ba78e14b0 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqt.3qt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Qt \- Namespace for miscellaneous identifiers that need to be global-like
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 \fC#include \fR
 .PP
-Inherited by TQObject, TQPixmap, TQBrush, TQCanvasItem, TQCursor, TQPainter, TQEvent, TQIconViewItem, QKeySequence, TQListViewItem, TQCustomMenuItem, TQPen, TQStyleSheetItem, TQSyntaxHighlighter, TQTab, TQTableItem, TQThread, TQToolTip, and TQWhatsThis.
+Inherited by TQObject, TQPixmap, TQBrush, TQCanvasItem, TQCursor, TQPainter, TQEvent, TQIconViewItem, TQKeySequence, TQListViewItem, TQCustomMenuItem, TQPen, TQStyleSheetItem, TQSyntaxHighlighter, TQTab, TQTableItem, TQThread, TQToolTip, and TQWhatsThis.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextbrowser.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextbrowser.3qt
index b4d93f33c..993be522b 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextbrowser.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextbrowser.3qt
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Inherits TQTextEdit.
 .SS "Protected Members"
 .in +1c
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( QKeyEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( TQKeyEvent * e )"
 .br
 .in -1c
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Example: helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp.
 Changes the document displayed to be the first document the browser displayed.
 .PP
 Example: helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp.
-.SH "void TQTextBrowser::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTextBrowser::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 The event \fIe\fR is used to provide the following keyboard shortcuts: 
          .nf
 .TS
 l - l. Keypress Action Alt+Left Arrow backward() Alt+Right Arrow forward() Alt+Up Arrow
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt
index a40978d2a..deaa68ba2 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqtextedit.3qt
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Inherited by TQMultiLineEdit, TQTextBrowser, and TQTextView.
 .BI "void \fBrepaintChanged\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( QKeyEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( TQKeyEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual bool \fBfocusNextPrevChild\fR ( bool n )"
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Returns TRUE if undo/redo is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "undoRedo
 Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
 .PP
 See also setItalic().
-.SH "void TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQTextEdit::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 Processes the key event, \fIe\fR. By default key events are used to provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
 .PP
 Reimplemented from TQWidget.
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt
index 3805d1be6..10e2855aa 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvalidator.3qt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ TQValidator \- Validation of input text
 .PP
 Inherits TQObject.
 .PP
-Inherited by QIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
+Inherited by TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 .PP
 .SS "Public Members"
 .in +1c
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Inherited by QIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The TQValidator class provides validation of input text.
 .PP
-The class itself is abstract. Two subclasses, QIntValidator and TQDoubleValidator, provide basic numeric-range checking, and TQRegExpValidator provides general checking using a custom regular expression.
+The class itself is abstract. Two subclasses, TQIntValidator and TQDoubleValidator, provide basic numeric-range checking, and TQRegExpValidator provides general checking using a custom regular expression.
 .PP
 If the built-in validators aren't sufficient, you can subclass TQValidator. The class has two virtual functions: validate() and fixup().
 .PP
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ This pure virtual function returns Invalid if \fIinput\fR is invalid according t
 .PP
 The function can change \fIinput\fR and \fIpos\fR (the cursor position) if it wants to.
 .PP
-Reimplemented in QIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
+Reimplemented in TQIntValidator, TQDoubleValidator, and TQRegExpValidator.
 
 .SH "SEE ALSO"
 .BR http://doc.trolltech.com/tqvalidator.html
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt
index 638616e42..339275a40 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqvariant.3qt
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types
 .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const TQBitArray & val )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const QKeySequence & val )"
+.BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const TQKeySequence & val )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "\fBQVariant\fR ( const TQPen & val )"
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types
 .BI "const TQBitArray \fBtoBitArray\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "const QKeySequence \fBtoKeySequence\fR () const"
+.BI "const TQKeySequence \fBtoKeySequence\fR () const"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "const TQPen \fBtoPen\fR () const"
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ QVariant \- Acts like a union for the most common TQt data types
 .BI "TQBitArray & \fBasBitArray\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "QKeySequence & \fBasKeySequence\fR ()"
+.BI "TQKeySequence & \fBasKeySequence\fR ()"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "TQPen & \fBasPen\fR ()"
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can contain.
 .TP
 \fCQVariant::Int\fR - an int
 .TP
-\fCQVariant::KeySequence\fR - a QKeySequence
+\fCQVariant::KeySequence\fR - a TQKeySequence
 .TP
 \fCQVariant::List\fR - a TQValueList
 .TP
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ Constructs a new variant with a date/time value, \fIval\fR.
 Constructs a new variant with a bytearray value, \fIval\fR.
 .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const TQBitArray & val )"
 Constructs a new variant with a bitarray value, \fIval\fR.
-.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const QKeySequence & val )"
+.SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const TQKeySequence & val )"
 Constructs a new variant with a key sequence value, \fIval\fR.
 .SH "QVariant::QVariant ( const TQPen & val )"
 Constructs a new variant with a pen value, \fIval\fR.
@@ -718,8 +718,8 @@ Returns a reference to the stored image.
 See also toImage().
 .SH "int & QVariant::asInt ()"
 Returns the variant's value as int reference.
-.SH "QKeySequence & QVariant::asKeySequence ()"
-Tries to convert the variant to hold a QKeySequence value. If that is not possible then the variant is set to an empty key sequence.
+.SH "TQKeySequence & QVariant::asKeySequence ()"
+Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQKeySequence value. If that is not possible then the variant is set to an empty key sequence.
 .PP
 Returns a reference to the stored key sequence.
 .PP
@@ -989,8 +989,8 @@ Returns the variant as an int if the variant can be cast to Int; otherwise retur
 If \fIok\fR is non-null: \fI*ok\fR is set to TRUE if the value could be converted to an int; otherwise \fI*ok\fR is set to FALSE.
 .PP
 See also asInt() and canCast().
-.SH "const QKeySequence QVariant::toKeySequence () const"
-Returns the variant as a QKeySequence if the variant can be cast to a KeySequence; otherwise returns an empty key sequence.
+.SH "const TQKeySequence QVariant::toKeySequence () const"
+Returns the variant as a TQKeySequence if the variant can be cast to a KeySequence; otherwise returns an empty key sequence.
 .PP
 See also asKeySequence() and canCast().
 .SH "const TQValueList QVariant::toList () const"
diff --git a/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt b/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt
index 34ffa8c7e..4d2d3719e 100644
--- a/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt
+++ b/doc/man/man3/tqwidget.3qt
@@ -870,10 +870,10 @@ Inherited by TQButton, TQFrame, TQDialog, TQComboBox, TQDataBrowser, TQDataView,
 .BI "virtual void \fBwheelEvent\fR ( QWheelEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( QKeyEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBkeyPressEvent\fR ( TQKeyEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBkeyReleaseEvent\fR ( QKeyEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBkeyReleaseEvent\fR ( TQKeyEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBfocusInEvent\fR ( TQFocusEvent * )"
@@ -903,13 +903,13 @@ Inherited by TQButton, TQFrame, TQDialog, TQComboBox, TQDataBrowser, TQDataView,
 .BI "virtual void \fBcontextMenuEvent\fR ( TQContextMenuEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBimStartEvent\fR ( QIMEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBimStartEvent\fR ( TQIMEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBimComposeEvent\fR ( QIMEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBimComposeEvent\fR ( TQIMEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
-.BI "virtual void \fBimEndEvent\fR ( QIMEvent * e )"
+.BI "virtual void \fBimEndEvent\fR ( TQIMEvent * e )"
 .br
 .ti -1c
 .BI "virtual void \fBtabletEvent\fR ( TQTabletEvent * e )"
@@ -1540,24 +1540,24 @@ Returns the widget's icon. See the "icon" property for details.
 Returns the widget's icon text. See the "iconText" property for details.
 .SH "void TQWidget::iconify ()\fC [slot]\fR"
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-.SH "void TQWidget::imComposeEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWidget::imComposeEvent ( TQIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler is called when the user has entered some text using an Input Method.
 .PP
-The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the QIMEvent documentation for more details.
+The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more details.
 .PP
-See also event() and QIMEvent.
-.SH "void TQWidget::imEndEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+See also event() and TQIMEvent.
+.SH "void TQWidget::imEndEvent ( TQIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler is called when the user has finished inputting text via an Input Method.
 .PP
-The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the QIMEvent documentation for more details.
+The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more details.
 .PP
-See also event() and QIMEvent.
-.SH "void TQWidget::imStartEvent ( QIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+See also event() and TQIMEvent.
+.SH "void TQWidget::imStartEvent ( TQIMEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler is called when the user begins entering text using an Input Method.
 .PP
-The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the QIMEvent documentation for more details.
+The default implementation calls e->ignore(), which rejects the Input Method event. See the TQIMEvent documentation for more details.
 .PP
-See also event() and QIMEvent.
+See also event() and TQIMEvent.
 .SH "bool TQWidget::isActiveWindow () const"
 Returns TRUE if this widget is the active window; otherwise returns FALSE. See the "isActiveWindow" property for details.
 .SH "bool TQWidget::isDesktop () const"
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ See also show(), hide(), and visible.
 \fBThis function is obsolete.\fR It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 .PP
 This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isVisible()
-.SH "void TQWidget::keyPressEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWidget::keyPressEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive key press events for the widget.
 .PP
 A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and have focus in order to receive a key press event.
@@ -1625,12 +1625,12 @@ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you explicitly ignore
 .PP
 The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user presses \fBEsc\fR. Otherwise the event is ignored.
 .PP
-See also keyReleaseEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and QKeyEvent.
+See also keyReleaseEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
 .PP
 Example: picture/picture.cpp.
 .PP
 Reimplemented in TQLineEdit and TQTextEdit.
-.SH "void TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( QKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
+.SH "void TQWidget::keyReleaseEvent ( TQKeyEvent * e )\fC [virtual protected]\fR"
 This event handler, for event \fIe\fR, can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive key release events for the widget.
 .PP
 A widget must accept focus initially and have focus in order to receive a key release event.
@@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you ignore() the rele
 .PP
 The default implementation ignores the event.
 .PP
-See also keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and QKeyEvent.
+See also keyPressEvent(), TQKeyEvent::ignore(), focusPolicy, focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), and TQKeyEvent.
 .SH "TQWidget * TQWidget::keyboardGrabber ()\fC [static]\fR"
 Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input.
 .PP
@@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ Disables widget input events if \fIdisable\fR is TRUE; otherwise enables input e
 .PP
 See the enabled documentation for more information.
 .PP
-See also isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
+See also isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
 .SH "void TQWidget::setEnabled ( bool )\fC [virtual slot]\fR"
 Sets whether the widget is enabled. See the "enabled" property for details.
 .SH "void TQWidget::setEraseColor ( const TQColor & color )\fC [virtual]\fR"
@@ -2103,7 +2103,7 @@ Enables key event compression, if \fIcompress\fR is TRUE, and disables it if \fI
 .PP
 Key compression is off by default (except for TQLineEdit and TQTextEdit), so widgets receive one key press event for each key press (or more, since autorepeat is usually on). If you turn it on and your program doesn't keep up with key input, TQt may try to compress key events so that more than one character can be processed in each event.
 .PP
-For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more characters in each QKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation takes too long for the CPU.
+For example, a word processor widget might receive 2, 3 or more characters in each TQKeyEvent::text(), if the layout recalculation takes too long for the CPU.
 .PP
 If a widget supports multiple character unicode input, it is always safe to turn the compression on.
 .PP
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ Qt performs key event compression only for printable characters. Modifier keys,
 .PP
 Not all platforms support this compression, in which case turning it on will have no effect.
 .PP
-See also QKeyEvent::text().
+See also TQKeyEvent::text().
 .SH "void TQWidget::setMask ( const TQBitmap & bitmap )\fC [virtual]\fR"
 Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \fIbitmap\fR has a corresponding 1 bit to be visible. Use TQt::color0 to draw transparent regions and TQt::color1 to draw opaque regions of the bitmap.
 .PP
@@ -2662,7 +2662,7 @@ Some widgets display themselves differently when they are disabled. For example
 .PP
 Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been explicitly disabled.
 .PP
-See also enabled, isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
+See also enabled, isEnabledTo(), TQKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, and enabledChange().
 .PP
 Set this property's value with setEnabled() and get this property's value with isEnabled().
 .SH "bool focus"
diff --git a/doc/object.doc b/doc/object.doc
index 027d8371c..2df02d368 100644
--- a/doc/object.doc
+++ b/doc/object.doc
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ application program. TQt is symmetric, as usual, so you can send
 events in exactly the same ways as Qt's own event loop does.
 
 Most events types have special classes, most commonly \l QResizeEvent,
-\l TQPaintEvent, \l QMouseEvent, \l QKeyEvent and \l TQCloseEvent.
+\l TQPaintEvent, \l QMouseEvent, \l TQKeyEvent and \l TQCloseEvent.
 There are many others, perhaps forty or so, but most are rather odd.
 
 Each class subclasses TQEvent and adds event-specific functions; see,
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ contain:
 \code
   bool MyClass:event( TQEvent *evt ) {
       if ( evt->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
-	  QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)evt;
+	  TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent *)evt;
 	  if ( ke->key() == Key_Tab ) {
 	      // special tab handling here
 	      ke->accept();
diff --git a/doc/porting3.doc b/doc/porting3.doc
index 9816d204e..7df520570 100644
--- a/doc/porting3.doc
+++ b/doc/porting3.doc
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ information regarding obsolete functions and how to replace them in
 new code.
 
 \list
-\i TQAccel::keyToString( QKeySequence k )
+\i TQAccel::keyToString( TQKeySequence k )
 \i TQAccel::stringToKey( const TQString \& s )
 \i TQActionGroup::insert( TQAction *a )
 \i TQCanvasItem::active() const
@@ -430,13 +430,13 @@ code. There are a few functions that took a TQFont::CharSet as a
 parameter; in these cases simply remove the charset from the
 parameter list.
 
-\section1 QInputDialog
+\section1 TQInputDialog
 
-The two static getText(...) methods in QInputDialog have been merged. 
+The two static getText(...) methods in TQInputDialog have been merged. 
 The \c echo parameter is the third parameter and defaults to 
 TQLineEdit::Normal. 
 
-If you used calls to QInputDialog::getText(...) that provided more 
+If you used calls to TQInputDialog::getText(...) that provided more 
 than the first two required parameters you will must add a value 
 for the \c echo parameter.
 
diff --git a/doc/unicode.doc b/doc/unicode.doc
index be2545554..974e578ed 100644
--- a/doc/unicode.doc
+++ b/doc/unicode.doc
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ even on Windows platforms that do not support it natively.
 
 To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using TQString for storing
 all user-visible strings, and performing all text file I/O using
-TQTextStream. Use \l QKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
+TQTextStream. Use \l TQKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
 widgets you write; it does not make much difference for slow typists
 in Western Europe or North America, but for fast typists or people
 using special input methods using text() is beneficial.
-- 
cgit v1.2.1


          •